Revert "Make LocalisationCache a service"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40 use MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices;
41
42 /**
43 * @cond file_level_code
44 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
45 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
46 */
47 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
48 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
49 die( 1 );
50 }
51
52 /** @endcond */
53
54 /**
55 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
56 * Not used for much in a default install.
57 * @since 1.5
58 */
59 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
60
61 /**
62 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
63 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
64 * callable.
65 * @since 1.23
66 */
67 $wgConfigRegistry = [
68 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
69 ];
70
71 /**
72 * MediaWiki version number
73 * @since 1.2
74 */
75 $wgVersion = '1.34.0-alpha';
76
77 /**
78 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
79 */
80 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
81
82 /**
83 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
84 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
85 * @var bool
86 * @since 1.26
87 */
88 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
89
90 /**
91 * URL of the server.
92 *
93 * @par Example:
94 * @code
95 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
96 * @endcode
97 *
98 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
99 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
100 * case, set this variable to fix it.
101 *
102 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
103 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
104 * to a fully qualified URL.
105 */
106 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
107
108 /**
109 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
110 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
111 *
112 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
113 * @since 1.18
114 */
115 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
116
117 /**
118 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
119 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
120 * @since 1.24
121 */
122 $wgServerName = false;
123
124 /************************************************************************//**
125 * @name Script path settings
126 * @{
127 */
128
129 /**
130 * The path we should point to.
131 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
132 *
133 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
134 *
135 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
136 * set in LocalSettings.php
137 */
138 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
139
140 /**
141 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
142 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
143 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
144 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
145 * problems on Apache as well.
146 *
147 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
148 *
149 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
150 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
151 *
152 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
153 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
154 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
155 * @since 1.2.1
156 */
157 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
159 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
160
161 /** @} */
162
163 /************************************************************************//**
164 * @name URLs and file paths
165 *
166 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
167 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
168 *
169 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
170 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
171 *
172 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
173 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
174 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
175 *
176 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
177 *
178 * @{
179 */
180
181 /**
182 * The URL path to index.php.
183 *
184 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
185 */
186 $wgScript = false;
187
188 /**
189 * The URL path to load.php.
190 *
191 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
192 * @since 1.17
193 */
194 $wgLoadScript = false;
195
196 /**
197 * The URL path to the REST API
198 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/rest.php"
199 * @since 1.34
200 */
201 $wgRestPath = false;
202
203 /**
204 * The URL path of the skins directory.
205 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
206 * @since 1.3
207 */
208 $wgStylePath = false;
209 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
210
211 /**
212 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
213 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
214 * @since 1.17
215 */
216 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
217
218 /**
219 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
220 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
221 * @since 1.16
222 */
223 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
224
225 /**
226 * Filesystem extensions directory.
227 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
228 * @since 1.25
229 */
230 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
231
232 /**
233 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
234 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
235 * @since 1.3
236 */
237 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
238
239 /**
240 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
241 * which is replaced by the article title.
242 *
243 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
244 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
245 */
246 $wgArticlePath = false;
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for the images directory.
250 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
251 */
252 $wgUploadPath = false;
253
254 /**
255 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
256 */
257 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
258
259 /**
260 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
261 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
262 */
263 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
264
265 /**
266 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
267 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
268 */
269 $wgLogo = false;
270
271 /**
272 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
273 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
274 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
275 *
276 * @par Example:
277 * @code
278 * $wgLogoHD = [
279 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
280 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
281 * ];
282 * @endcode
283 *
284 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
285 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
286 * be optimised for screen resolution.
287 *
288 * @par Example:
289 * @code
290 * $wgLogoHD = [
291 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
292 * ];
293 * @endcode
294 *
295 * @since 1.25
296 */
297 $wgLogoHD = false;
298
299 /**
300 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
301 * @since 1.6
302 */
303 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
304
305 /**
306 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
307 * Defaults to no icon.
308 * @since 1.12
309 */
310 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
311
312 /**
313 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
314 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
315 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
316 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
317 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
318 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
319 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
320 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
321 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
322 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
323 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
324 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
325 * understand it).
326 *
327 * @var array|string|bool
328 * @since 1.25
329 */
330 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
331
332 /**
333 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This must not be web accessible.
334 *
335 * When this setting is set to false, its value will automatically be decided
336 * through the first call to wfTempDir(). See that method's implementation for
337 * the actual detection logic.
338 *
339 * To find the temporary path for the current wiki, developers must not use
340 * this variable directly. Use the global function wfTempDir() instead.
341 *
342 * The temporary directory is expected to be shared with other applications,
343 * including other MediaWiki instances (which might not run the same version
344 * or configution). When storing files here, take care to avoid conflicts
345 * with other instances of MediaWiki. For example, when caching the result
346 * of a computation, the file name should incorporate the input of the
347 * computation so that it cannot be confused for the result of a similar
348 * computation by another MediaWiki instance.
349 *
350 * @see wfTempDir()
351 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
352 */
353 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
354
355 /**
356 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
357 * upload URL.
358 * @since 1.4
359 */
360 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
361
362 /**
363 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
364 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
365 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
366 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
367 * @since 1.17
368 */
369 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
370
371 /**
372 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
373 * plain page views, add to this array.
374 *
375 * @par Example:
376 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
377 * @code
378 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
379 * @endcode
380 *
381 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
382 * URLs.
383 * @since 1.5
384 */
385 $wgActionPaths = [];
386
387 /** @} */
388
389 /************************************************************************//**
390 * @name Files and file uploads
391 * @{
392 */
393
394 /**
395 * Allow users to upload files.
396 *
397 * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
398 * Disabled by default as for security reasons.
399 * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
400 *
401 * @since 1.5
402 */
403 $wgEnableUploads = false;
404
405 /**
406 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
407 */
408 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
409
410 /**
411 * Allows to move images and other media files
412 */
413 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
414
415 /**
416 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
417 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
418 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
419 *
420 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
421 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
422 */
423 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
424
425 /**
426 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
427 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
428 *
429 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
430 * completeness.
431 */
432 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
433
434 /**
435 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
436 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
437 */
438 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
439
440 /**
441 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
442 */
443 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
444
445 /**
446 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
447 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
448 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
449 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
450 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
451 *
452 * Example:
453 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
454 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
455 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
456 *
457 * @see $wgFileBackends
458 */
459 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
460
461 /**
462 * File repository structures
463 *
464 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
465 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
466 * array of properties configuring the repository.
467 *
468 * Properties required for all repos:
469 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
470 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
471 *
472 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
473 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
474 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
475 *
476 * For most core repos:
477 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
478 * container : backend container name the zone is in
479 * directory : root path within container for the zone
480 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
481 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
482 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
483 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
484 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
485 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
486 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
487 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
488 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
489 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
490 * handler instead.
491 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
492 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
493 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
494 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
495 * - pathDisclosureProtection
496 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
497 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
498 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
499 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
500 * is 0644.
501 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
502 * some remote repos.
503 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
504 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
505 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
506 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
507 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
508 *
509 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
510 * for local repositories:
511 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
512 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
513 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
514 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
515 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
516 * on the local wiki.
517 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
518 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
519 *
520 * ForeignDBRepo:
521 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
522 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
523 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
524 * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
525 * and accessible from, this wiki.
526 *
527 * ForeignAPIRepo:
528 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
529 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
530 *
531 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
532 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
533 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
534 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
535 * be searched after the local file repo.
536 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
537 *
538 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
539 */
540 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
541
542 /**
543 * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
544 *
545 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
546 * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
547 * and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
548 *
549 * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
550 * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
551 *
552 * @since 1.11
553 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
554 */
555 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
556
557 /**
558 * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
559 *
560 * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
561 * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
562 * default settings.
563 *
564 * @since 1.16
565 */
566 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
567
568 /**
569 * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
570 *
571 * Uses the following variables:
572 *
573 * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
574 * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
575 * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
576 * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
577 * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
578 * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
579 * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
580 *
581 * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
582 * class, with also the following variables:
583 *
584 * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
585 * - dbType: $wgDBtype.
586 * - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
587 * - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
588 * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
589 * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
590 * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
591 * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
592 *
593 * @var bool
594 * @since 1.3
595 */
596 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
597
598 /**
599 * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
600 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
601 *
602 * @var string
603 * @since 1.3
604 */
605 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
606
607 /**
608 * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
609 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
610 *
611 * @var string
612 * @since 1.3
613 */
614 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
615
616 /**
617 * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
618 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
619 *
620 * @var bool
621 * @since 1.3
622 */
623 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
624
625 /**
626 * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
627 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
628 *
629 * @since 1.5
630 */
631 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
632
633 /**
634 * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
635 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
636 *
637 * @var bool
638 * @since 1.5
639 */
640 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
641
642 /**
643 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
644 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
645 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
646 *
647 * @var bool|string
648 * @since 1.4
649 */
650 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
651
652 /**
653 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
654 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
655 *
656 * @var string
657 * @since 1.5
658 */
659 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
660
661 /**
662 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
663 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
664 *
665 * @var bool
666 * @since 1.5
667 */
668 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
669
670 /**
671 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
672 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
673 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
674 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
675 *
676 * Example:
677 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
678 */
679 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
680
681 /**
682 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
683 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
684 *
685 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
686 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
687 *
688 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
689 */
690 $wgUploadDialog = [
691 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
692 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
693 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
694 'fields' => [
695 'description' => true,
696 'date' => false,
697 'categories' => false,
698 ],
699 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
700 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
701 'licensemessages' => [
702 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
703 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
704 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
705 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
706 'local' => 'generic-local',
707 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
708 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
709 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
710 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
711 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
712 ],
713 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
714 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
715 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
716 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
717 'comment' => [
718 'local' => '',
719 'foreign' => '',
720 ],
721 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
722 'format' => [
723 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
724 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
725 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
726 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
727 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
728 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
729 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
730 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
731 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
732 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
733 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
734 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
735 // * $TEXT - input by the user
736 'description' => '$TEXT',
737 'ownwork' => '',
738 'license' => '',
739 'uncategorized' => '',
740 ],
741 ];
742
743 /**
744 * File backend structure configuration.
745 *
746 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
747 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
748 * - name : A unique name for the backend
749 * - class : The file backend class to use
750 * - wikiId : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
751 * - lockManager : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers) [optional]
752 * - fileJournal : File journal configuration for FileJournal::__construct() [optional]
753 *
754 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
755 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
756 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
757 *
758 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
759 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
760 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
761 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
762 *
763 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
764 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
765 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
766 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
767 * Setting 'domainId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
768 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
769 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
770 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
771 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
772 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
773 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
774 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
775 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
776 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
777 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
778 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
779 */
780 $wgFileBackends = [];
781
782 /**
783 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
784 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
785 * - name : A unique name for the lock manager
786 * - class : The lock manger class to use
787 *
788 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
789 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
790 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
791 *
792 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
793 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
794 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
795 */
796 $wgLockManagers = [];
797
798 /**
799 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
800 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
801 *
802 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
803 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
804 * extensions" section of php.ini:
805 * @code{.ini}
806 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
807 * @endcode
808 */
809 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
810
811 /**
812 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
813 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
814 * Defaults to false.
815 */
816 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
817
818 /**
819 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
820 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
821 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
822 */
823 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
824
825 /**
826 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
827 *
828 * @since 1.20
829 */
830 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
831
832 /**
833 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
834 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
835 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
836 */
837 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
838
839 /**
840 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
841 * @since 1.20
842 */
843 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
844
845 /**
846 * Different timeout for upload by url
847 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
848 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
849 * to default.
850 *
851 * @var int|bool
852 *
853 * @since 1.22
854 */
855 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
856
857 /**
858 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
859 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
860 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
861 * for non-specified types.
862 *
863 * @par Example:
864 * @code
865 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
866 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
867 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
868 * ];
869 * @endcode
870 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
871 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
872 */
873 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
874
875 /**
876 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
877 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
878 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
879 * @since 1.26
880 */
881 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
882
883 /**
884 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
885 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
886 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
887 *
888 * @par Example:
889 * @code
890 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
891 * @endcode
892 */
893 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
894
895 /**
896 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
897 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
898 * appended to it as appropriate.
899 */
900 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
901
902 /**
903 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
904 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
905 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
906 * access to the thumbnail path.
907 *
908 * @par Example:
909 * @code
910 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
911 * @endcode
912 */
913 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
914
915 /**
916 * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
917 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
918 *
919 * @var string
920 * @since 1.3
921 */
922 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
923
924 /**
925 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
926 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
927 *
928 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
929 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
930 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
931 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
932 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
933 *
934 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
935 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
936 */
937 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
938
939 /**
940 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
941 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
942 *
943 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
944 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
945 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
946 */
947 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
948
949 /**
950 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
951 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
952 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
953 */
954 $wgFileBlacklist = [
955 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
956 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
957 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
958 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps', 'phar',
959 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
960 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
961 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
962 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
963
964 /**
965 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
966 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
967 */
968 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
969 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
970 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
971 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
972 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
973 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
974 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
975 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
976 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
977 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
978 'application/x-msmetafile',
979 ];
980
981 /**
982 * Allow Java archive uploads.
983 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
984 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
985 */
986 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
987
988 /**
989 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
990 *
991 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
992 */
993 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
994
995 /**
996 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
997 * by $wgFileExtensions.
998 *
999 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
1000 */
1001 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
1002
1003 /**
1004 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
1005 *
1006 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
1007 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
1008 */
1009 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
1010
1011 /**
1012 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
1013 */
1014 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
1015
1016 /**
1017 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
1018 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
1019 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
1020 *
1021 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
1022 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
1023 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
1024 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
1025 */
1026 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
1027 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
1028 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
1029 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
1030 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
1031 "application/pdf", // PDF files
1032 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
1033 ];
1034
1035 /**
1036 * Plugins for media file type handling.
1037 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
1038 *
1039 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
1040 * and extensions should use extension.json.
1041 */
1042 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
1043
1044 /**
1045 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
1046 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
1047 */
1048 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
1049 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1050 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1051 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1052 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1053 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1054 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1055 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1056 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1057 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
1058 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
1059 ];
1060
1061 /**
1062 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1063 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1064 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1065 *
1066 * @since 1.21
1067 */
1068 $wgContentHandlers = [
1069 // the usual case
1070 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1071 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1072 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1073 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1074 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1075 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1076 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1077 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1078 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1079 ];
1080
1081 /**
1082 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1083 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1084 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1085 */
1086 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1087
1088 /**
1089 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1090 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1091 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1092 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1093 *
1094 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1095 */
1096 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1097
1098 /**
1099 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1100 */
1101 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1102
1103 /**
1104 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1105 * @since 1.27
1106 */
1107 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1108
1109 /**
1110 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1111 */
1112 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1113
1114 /**
1115 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1116 */
1117 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1118
1119 /**
1120 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1121 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1122 */
1123 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1124
1125 /**
1126 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1127 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1128 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1129 *
1130 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1131 * @code
1132 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1133 * @endcode
1134 *
1135 * Leave as false to skip this.
1136 */
1137 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1138
1139 /**
1140 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1141 *
1142 * @since 1.21
1143 */
1144 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1145
1146 /**
1147 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1148 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1149 * at sharp edges.
1150 *
1151 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1152 *
1153 * Supported values:
1154 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1155 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1156 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1157 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1158 *
1159 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1160 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1161 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1162 *
1163 * @since 1.27
1164 */
1165 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1166
1167 /**
1168 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1169 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1170 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1171 *
1172 * @since 1.32
1173 */
1174 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1175
1176 /**
1177 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1178 * image formats.
1179 */
1180 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1181
1182 /**
1183 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1184 *
1185 * @since 1.26
1186 */
1187 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1188
1189 /**
1190 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1191 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1192 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1193 *
1194 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1195 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1196 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1197 */
1198 $wgSVGConverters = [
1199 'ImageMagick' =>
1200 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1201 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1202 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1203 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1204 . '$output $input',
1205 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1206 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1207 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1208 ];
1209
1210 /**
1211 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1212 */
1213 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1214
1215 /**
1216 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1217 */
1218 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1219
1220 /**
1221 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1222 */
1223 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1224
1225 /**
1226 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1227 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1228 */
1229 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1230
1231 /**
1232 * Obsolete, no longer used.
1233 * SVG file uploads now always allow <title> elements.
1234 *
1235 * @deprecated 1.34
1236 */
1237 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = true;
1238
1239 /**
1240 * Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as
1241 * page language), if available.
1242 * Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute
1243 * to specify text language.
1244 *
1245 * @since 1.33
1246 */
1247 $wgMediaInTargetLanguage = true;
1248
1249 /**
1250 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1251 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1252 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1253 *
1254 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1255 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1256 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1257 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1258 *
1259 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1260 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1261 */
1262 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1263
1264 /**
1265 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1266 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1267 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1268 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1269 */
1270 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1271
1272 /**
1273 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1274 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1275 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1276 *
1277 * @par Example:
1278 * @code
1279 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1280 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1281 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1282 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1283 * @endcode
1284 */
1285 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1286
1287 /**
1288 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1289 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1290 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1291 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1292 */
1293 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1294
1295 /**
1296 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1297 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1298 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1299 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1300 */
1301 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1302
1303 /**
1304 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1305 * output instead of showing an error message.
1306 *
1307 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1308 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1309 *
1310 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1311 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1312 * are logged to a file for review.
1313 */
1314 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1318 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1319 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1320 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1321 * webserver(s).
1322 */
1323 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1324
1325 /**
1326 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1327 */
1328 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1329
1330 /**
1331 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1332 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1333 * is available that can rotate.
1334 */
1335 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1336
1337 /**
1338 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1339 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1340 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1341 */
1342 $wgAntivirus = null;
1343
1344 /**
1345 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1346 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1347 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1348 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1349 *
1350 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1351 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1352 *
1353 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1354 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1355 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1356 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1357 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1358 * path.
1359 *
1360 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1361 * function in SpecialUpload.
1362 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1363 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1364 * is not set.
1365 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1366 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1367 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1368 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1369 * no virus was found.
1370 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1371 * a virus.
1372 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1373 *
1374 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1375 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1376 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1377 */
1378 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1379
1380 # setup for clamav
1381 'clamav' => [
1382 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1383 'codemap' => [
1384 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1385 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1386 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1387 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1388 ],
1389 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1390 ],
1391 ];
1392
1393 /**
1394 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1395 */
1396 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1397
1398 /**
1399 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1400 */
1401 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1402
1403 /**
1404 * Determines whether extra checks for IE type detection should be applied.
1405 * This is a conservative check for exactly what IE 6 or so checked for,
1406 * and shouldn't trigger on for instance JPEG files containing links in EXIF
1407 * metadata.
1408 *
1409 * @since 1.34
1410 */
1411 $wgVerifyMimeTypeIE = true;
1412
1413 /**
1414 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1415 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1416 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1417 */
1418 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1419
1420 /**
1421 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1422 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1423 */
1424 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1425
1426 /**
1427 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1428 * the MIME type to standard output.
1429 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1430 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1431 *
1432 * @par Example:
1433 * @code
1434 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1435 * @endcode
1436 */
1437 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1438
1439 /**
1440 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1441 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1442 * can be trusted.
1443 */
1444 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1445
1446 /**
1447 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1448 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1449 */
1450 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1451 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1452 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1453 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1454 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1455 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1456 ];
1457
1458 /**
1459 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1460 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1461 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1462 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1463 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1464 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1465 */
1466 $wgImageLimits = [
1467 [ 320, 240 ],
1468 [ 640, 480 ],
1469 [ 800, 600 ],
1470 [ 1024, 768 ],
1471 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1472 ];
1473
1474 /**
1475 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1476 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1477 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1478 */
1479 $wgThumbLimits = [
1480 120,
1481 150,
1482 180,
1483 200,
1484 250,
1485 300
1486 ];
1487
1488 /**
1489 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1490 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1491 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1492 *
1493 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1494 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1495 * supports it.
1496 */
1497 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1498
1499 /**
1500 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1501 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1502 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1503 * following buckets:
1504 *
1505 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1506 *
1507 * and a distance of 50:
1508 *
1509 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1510 *
1511 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1512 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1513 */
1514 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1515
1516 /**
1517 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1518 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1519 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1520 *
1521 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1522 *
1523 * @since 1.25
1524 */
1525
1526 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1527
1528 /**
1529 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1530 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1531 *
1532 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1533 * thumbnail's URL.
1534 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1535 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1536 *
1537 * @since 1.25
1538 */
1539 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1540
1541 /**
1542 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1543 *
1544 * @since 1.25
1545 */
1546 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1547
1548 /**
1549 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1550 * HTTP request to.
1551 *
1552 * @since 1.25
1553 */
1554 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1555
1556 /**
1557 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1558 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1559 *
1560 * @since 1.26
1561 */
1562 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1563
1564 /**
1565 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1566 * Fields are:
1567 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1568 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1569 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1570 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1571 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1572 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1573 * @deprecated since 1.28
1574 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1575 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1576 * - mode: Gallery mode
1577 */
1578 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1579
1580 /**
1581 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1582 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1583 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1584 */
1585 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1589 */
1590 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1591
1592 /**
1593 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1594 *
1595 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1596 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1597 */
1598 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1599
1600 /**
1601 * @name DJVU settings
1602 * @{
1603 */
1604
1605 /**
1606 * Path of the djvudump executable
1607 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1608 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1609 */
1610 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1611
1612 /**
1613 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1614 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1615 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1616 */
1617 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1618
1619 /**
1620 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1621 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1622 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1623 */
1624 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1625
1626 /**
1627 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1628 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1629 *
1630 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1631 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1632 * the efficiency problem.
1633 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1634 *
1635 * @par Example:
1636 * @code
1637 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1638 * @endcode
1639 */
1640 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1641
1642 /**
1643 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1644 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1645 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1646 */
1647 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1648
1649 /**
1650 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1651 */
1652 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1653
1654 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1655
1656 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1657
1658 /************************************************************************//**
1659 * @name Email settings
1660 * @{
1661 */
1662
1663 /**
1664 * Site admin email address.
1665 *
1666 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1667 */
1668 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1669
1670 /**
1671 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1672 *
1673 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1674 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1675 *
1676 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1677 */
1678 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1679
1680 /**
1681 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1682 *
1683 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1684 */
1685 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1686
1687 /**
1688 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1689 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1690 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1691 */
1692 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1693
1694 /**
1695 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1696 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1697 */
1698 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1699
1700 /**
1701 * Set to true to enable the Special Mute page. This allows users
1702 * to mute unwanted communications from other users, and is linked
1703 * to from emails originating from Special:Email.
1704 *
1705 * @since 1.34
1706 * @deprecated 1.34
1707 */
1708 $wgEnableSpecialMute = false;
1709
1710 /**
1711 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1712 *
1713 * @since 1.30
1714 */
1715 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1716
1717 /**
1718 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1719 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1720 *
1721 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1722 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1723 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1724 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1725 */
1726 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1727
1728 /**
1729 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1730 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1731 */
1732 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1733
1734 /**
1735 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1736 */
1737 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1738
1739 /**
1740 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1741 */
1742 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1743
1744 /**
1745 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1746 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1747 */
1748 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1749
1750 /**
1751 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1752 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1753 */
1754 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1755
1756 /**
1757 * SMTP Mode.
1758 *
1759 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1760 * Default to false or fill an array :
1761 *
1762 * @code
1763 * $wgSMTP = [
1764 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1765 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1766 * 'port' => '25',
1767 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1768 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1769 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1770 * ];
1771 * @endcode
1772 */
1773 $wgSMTP = false;
1774
1775 /**
1776 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1777 */
1778 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1779
1780 /**
1781 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1782 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1783 */
1784 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1785
1786 /**
1787 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1788 *
1789 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1790 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1791 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1792 *
1793 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1794 *
1795 * @var bool
1796 */
1797 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1798
1799 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1800 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1801 # enable or disable at their discretion
1802 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1803 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1804
1805 /**
1806 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1807 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1808 * spam relay.
1809 */
1810 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1811
1812 /**
1813 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1814 */
1815 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1816
1817 /**
1818 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1819 * user talk page.
1820 *
1821 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1822 * preference set to true.
1823 */
1824 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1825
1826 /**
1827 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1828 *
1829 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1830 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1831 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1832 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1833 *
1834 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1835 *
1836 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1837 *
1838 * @var bool
1839 */
1840 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1841
1842 /**
1843 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1844 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1845 *
1846 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1847 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1848 *
1849 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1850 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1851 *
1852 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1853 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1854 */
1855 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1856
1857 /**
1858 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1859 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1860 *
1861 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1862 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1863 */
1864 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1865
1866 /**
1867 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1868 * match the limit on your mail server.
1869 */
1870 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1871
1872 /**
1873 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1874 */
1875 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1876
1877 /**
1878 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1879 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1880 */
1881 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1882
1883 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1884
1885 /************************************************************************//**
1886 * @name Database settings
1887 * @{
1888 */
1889
1890 /**
1891 * Current wiki database name
1892 *
1893 * Should be alphanumeric, without spaces nor hyphens.
1894 * This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain).
1895 *
1896 * This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured.
1897 */
1898 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1899
1900 /**
1901 * Current wiki database schema name
1902 *
1903 * Should be alphanumeric, without spaces nor hyphens.
1904 * This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain).
1905 *
1906 * This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured.
1907 */
1908 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1909
1910 /**
1911 * Current wiki database table name prefix
1912 *
1913 * Should be alphanumeric, without spaces nor hyphens, preferably ending in an underscore.
1914 * This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain).
1915 *
1916 * This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured.
1917 */
1918 $wgDBprefix = '';
1919
1920 /**
1921 * Database host name or IP address
1922 */
1923 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1924
1925 /**
1926 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1927 */
1928 $wgDBport = 5432;
1929
1930 /**
1931 * Database username
1932 */
1933 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1934
1935 /**
1936 * Database user's password
1937 */
1938 $wgDBpassword = '';
1939
1940 /**
1941 * Database type
1942 */
1943 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1944
1945 /**
1946 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1947 *
1948 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1949 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1950 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1951 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1952 */
1953 $wgDBssl = false;
1954
1955 /**
1956 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1957 *
1958 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1959 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1960 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1961 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1962 */
1963 $wgDBcompress = false;
1964
1965 /**
1966 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1967 */
1968 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1969
1970 /**
1971 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1972 */
1973 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1974
1975 /**
1976 * Search type.
1977 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1978 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1979 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1980 */
1981 $wgSearchType = null;
1982
1983 /**
1984 * Alternative search types
1985 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1986 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1987 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1988 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1989 */
1990 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1991
1992 /**
1993 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1994 */
1995 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary';
1996
1997 /**
1998 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1999 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
2000 * DBA has done his best job.
2001 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
2002 */
2003 $wgSQLMode = '';
2004
2005 /**
2006 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
2007 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
2008 * @since 1.32
2009 */
2010 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
2011
2012 /**
2013 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
2014 */
2015 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
2016
2017 /**
2018 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
2019 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
2020 * main database.
2021 *
2022 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
2023 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
2024 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
2025 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
2026 *
2027 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
2028 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
2029 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
2030 *
2031 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
2032 * $wgDBprefix.
2033 *
2034 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
2035 * $wgDBmwschema.
2036 *
2037 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
2038 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
2039 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
2040 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
2041 */
2042 $wgSharedDB = null;
2043
2044 /**
2045 * @see $wgSharedDB
2046 */
2047 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
2048
2049 /**
2050 * @see $wgSharedDB
2051 */
2052 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
2053
2054 /**
2055 * @see $wgSharedDB
2056 * @since 1.23
2057 */
2058 $wgSharedSchema = false;
2059
2060 /**
2061 * Database load balancer
2062 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
2063 * Fields are:
2064 * - host: Host name
2065 * - dbname: Default database name
2066 * - user: DB user
2067 * - password: DB password
2068 * - type: DB type
2069 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
2070 *
2071 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
2072 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
2073 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
2074 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
2075 *
2076 * - groupLoads: (optional) Array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query
2077 * may belong to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
2078 *
2079 * - flags: (optional) Bit field of properties:
2080 * - DBO_DEFAULT: Transactionalize web requests and use autocommit otherwise
2081 * - DBO_DEBUG: Equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
2082 * - DBO_SSL: Use TLS connection encryption if available
2083 * - DBO_COMPRESS: Use protocol compression with database connections
2084 * - DBO_PERSISTENT: Enables persistent database connections
2085 *
2086 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
2087 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
2088 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
2089 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
2090 * This is what DBO_DEFAULT uses to determine when a web request is present.
2091 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
2092 *
2093 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
2094 * variable of the Database object.
2095 *
2096 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
2097 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
2098 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
2099 *
2100 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
2101 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
2102 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
2103 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
2104 *
2105 * @code
2106 * SET @@read_only=1;
2107 * @endcode
2108 *
2109 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2110 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2111 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2112 */
2113 $wgDBservers = false;
2114
2115 /**
2116 * Load balancer factory configuration
2117 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2118 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2119 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2120 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2121 *
2122 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2123 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2124 */
2125 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2126
2127 /**
2128 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2129 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2130 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2131 * @since 1.27
2132 */
2133 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2134
2135 /**
2136 * File to log database errors to
2137 */
2138 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2139
2140 /**
2141 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2142 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2143 *
2144 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2145 * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2146 *
2147 * @par Examples:
2148 * @code
2149 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2150 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2151 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2152 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2153 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2154 * @endcode
2155 *
2156 * @since 1.20
2157 */
2158 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2159
2160 /**
2161 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2162 *
2163 * @var string[] List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen
2164 * delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms:
2165 * - "<DB NAME>-<DB SCHEMA>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2166 * - "<DB NAME>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2167 * - "<DB NAME>"
2168 * If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work
2169 * in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema)
2170 * is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted
2171 * from these IDs.
2172 */
2173 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2174
2175 /**
2176 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2177 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2178 * show a more obvious warning.
2179 */
2180 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2181
2182 /**
2183 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2184 */
2185 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2186
2187 /**
2188 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2189 */
2190 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2191
2192 /** @} */ # End of DB settings }
2193
2194 /************************************************************************//**
2195 * @name Text storage
2196 * @{
2197 */
2198
2199 /**
2200 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2201 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2202 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2203 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2204 */
2205 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2206
2207 /**
2208 * External stores allow including content
2209 * from non database sources following URL links.
2210 *
2211 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2212 * @code
2213 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2214 * @endcode
2215 *
2216 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2217 */
2218 $wgExternalStores = [];
2219
2220 /**
2221 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2222 *
2223 * @par Example:
2224 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2225 * @code
2226 * $wgExternalServers = [
2227 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2228 * ];
2229 * @endcode
2230 *
2231 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2232 * another class.
2233 */
2234 $wgExternalServers = [];
2235
2236 /**
2237 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2238 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2239 *
2240 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2241 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2242 *
2243 * @par Example:
2244 * @code
2245 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2246 * @endcode
2247 *
2248 * @var array
2249 */
2250 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2251
2252 /**
2253 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2254 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2255 *
2256 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2257 */
2258 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2259
2260 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2261
2262 /************************************************************************//**
2263 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2264 * @{
2265 */
2266
2267 /**
2268 * Disable database-intensive features
2269 */
2270 $wgMiserMode = false;
2271
2272 /**
2273 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2274 */
2275 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2276
2277 /**
2278 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2279 */
2280 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2281
2282 /**
2283 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2284 */
2285 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2286
2287 /**
2288 * Enable slow parser functions
2289 */
2290 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2291
2292 /**
2293 * Allow schema updates
2294 */
2295 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2296
2297 /**
2298 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2299 */
2300 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2301
2302 /**
2303 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2304 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2305 */
2306 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2307
2308 /**
2309 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2310 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2311 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2312 * @since 1.26
2313 */
2314 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2315
2316 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2317
2318 /************************************************************************//**
2319 * @name Cache settings
2320 * @{
2321 */
2322
2323 /**
2324 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2325 * from the web.
2326 *
2327 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2328 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2329 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2330 */
2331 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2332
2333 /**
2334 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2335 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2336 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2337 *
2338 * The options are:
2339 *
2340 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2341 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2342 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2343 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2344 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2345 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2346 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2347 *
2348 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2349 */
2350 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2351
2352 /**
2353 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2354 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2355 *
2356 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2357 */
2358 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2359
2360 /**
2361 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2362 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2363 *
2364 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2365 */
2366 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2367
2368 /**
2369 * The cache type for storing session data.
2370 *
2371 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2372 */
2373 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2374
2375 /**
2376 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2377 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2378 *
2379 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2380 *
2381 * @since 1.20
2382 */
2383 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2384
2385 /**
2386 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2387 *
2388 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2389 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2390 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2391 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2392 *
2393 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2394 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2395 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2396 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2397 */
2398 $wgObjectCaches = [
2399 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2400 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2401
2402 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2403 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2404 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2405
2406 'db-replicated' => [
2407 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2408 'readFactory' => [
2409 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2410 'args' => [ [ 'replicaOnly' => true ] ]
2411 ],
2412 'writeFactory' => [
2413 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2414 'args' => [ [ 'replicaOnly' => false ] ]
2415 ],
2416 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2417 'reportDupes' => false
2418 ],
2419
2420 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2421 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2422 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2423 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2424 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2425 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2426 ];
2427
2428 /**
2429 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2430 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2431 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2432 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2433 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2434 *
2435 * The options are:
2436 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2437 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2438 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2439 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2440 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2441 * @since 1.26
2442 */
2443 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2444
2445 /**
2446 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2447 *
2448 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2449 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2450 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2451 *
2452 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2453 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2454 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "loggroup" parameter controls
2455 * where log events are sent.
2456 *
2457 * @since 1.26
2458 */
2459 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2460 CACHE_NONE => [
2461 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2462 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE
2463 ]
2464 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2465 'memcached-php' => [
2466 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2467 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php'
2468 ]
2469 */
2470 ];
2471
2472 /**
2473 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2474 *
2475 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2476 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2477 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2478 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2479 *
2480 * @var bool
2481 * @since 1.29
2482 */
2483 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2484
2485 /**
2486 * The object store type of the main stash.
2487 *
2488 * This store should be a very fast storage system optimized for holding lightweight data
2489 * like incrementable hit counters and current user activity. The store should replicate the
2490 * dataset among all data-centers. Any add(), merge(), lock(), and unlock() operations should
2491 * maintain "best effort" linearizability; as long as connectivity is strong, latency is low,
2492 * and there is no eviction pressure prompted by low free space, those operations should be
2493 * linearizable. In terms of PACELC (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PACELC_theorem), the store
2494 * should act as a PA/EL distributed system for these operations. One optimization for these
2495 * operations is to route them to a "primary" data-center (e.g. one that serves HTTP POST) for
2496 * synchronous execution and then replicate to the others asynchronously. This means that at
2497 * least calls to these operations during HTTP POST requests would quickly return.
2498 *
2499 * All other operations, such as get(), set(), delete(), changeTTL(), incr(), and decr(),
2500 * should be synchronous in the local data-center, replicating asynchronously to the others.
2501 * This behavior can be overriden by the use of the WRITE_SYNC and READ_LATEST flags.
2502 *
2503 * The store should *preferably* have eventual consistency to handle network partitions.
2504 *
2505 * Modules that rely on the stash should be prepared for:
2506 * - add(), merge(), lock(), and unlock() to be slower than other write operations,
2507 * at least in "secondary" data-centers (e.g. one that only serves HTTP GET/HEAD)
2508 * - Other write operations to have race conditions accross data-centers
2509 * - Read operations to have race conditions accross data-centers
2510 * - Consistency to be either eventual (with Last-Write-Wins) or just "best effort"
2511 *
2512 * In general, this means avoiding updates during idempotent HTTP requests (GET/HEAD) and
2513 * avoiding assumptions of true linearizability (e.g. accepting anomalies). Modules that need
2514 * these kind of guarantees should use other storage mediums.
2515 *
2516 * The options are:
2517 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2518 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2519 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2520 *
2521 * @since 1.26
2522 */
2523 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2524
2525 /**
2526 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2527 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2528 */
2529 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2530
2531 /**
2532 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2533 */
2534 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2535
2536 /**
2537 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2538 *
2539 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2540 *
2541 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2542 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2543 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2544 * others' cookies.
2545 *
2546 * @since 1.27
2547 * @var string
2548 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2549 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2550 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2551 */
2552 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2553
2554 /**
2555 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2556 *
2557 * @since 1.28
2558 */
2559 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2560
2561 /**
2562 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2563 */
2564 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2565
2566 /**
2567 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2568 */
2569 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2570
2571 /**
2572 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2573 * requests.
2574 */
2575 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2576
2577 /**
2578 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2579 */
2580 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2581
2582 /**
2583 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2584 *
2585 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2586 *
2587 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2588 *
2589 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2590 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2591 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2592 */
2593 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2594
2595 /**
2596 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2597 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2598 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2599 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2600 */
2601 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2602
2603 /**
2604 * Localisation cache configuration.
2605 *
2606 * Used by Language::getLocalisationCache() to decide how to construct the
2607 * LocalisationCache instance. Associative array with keys:
2608 *
2609 * class: The class to use for constructing the LocalisationCache object.
2610 * This may be overridden by extensions to a subclass of LocalisationCache.
2611 * Sub classes are expected to still honor the 'storeClass', 'storeDirectory'
2612 * and 'manualRecache' options where applicable.
2613 *
2614 * storeClass: Which LCStore class implementation to use. This is optional.
2615 * The default LocalisationCache class offers the 'store' option
2616 * as abstraction for this.
2617 *
2618 * store: How and where to store localisation cache data.
2619 * This option is ignored if 'storeClass' is explicitly set to a class name.
2620 * Must be one of:
2621 * - 'detect' (default): Automatically select 'files' if 'storeDirectory'
2622 * or $wgCacheDirectory is set, and fall back to 'db' otherwise.
2623 * - 'files': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as CDB files.
2624 * - 'array': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as PHP static array files.
2625 * - 'db': Store in the l10n_cache database table.
2626 *
2627 * storeDirectory: If the selected LCStore class puts its data in files, then it
2628 * will use this directory. If set to false (default), then
2629 * $wgCacheDirectory is used instead.
2630 *
2631 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2632 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2633 */
2634 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2635 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2636 'store' => 'detect',
2637 'storeClass' => false,
2638 'storeDirectory' => false,
2639 'manualRecache' => false,
2640 ];
2641
2642 /**
2643 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2644 */
2645 $wgCachePages = true;
2646
2647 /**
2648 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2649 * client-side and server-side caching.
2650 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2651 * @verbatim
2652 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2653 * @endverbatim
2654 */
2655 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2656
2657 /**
2658 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2659 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2660 */
2661 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2662
2663 /**
2664 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2665 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2666 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2667 */
2668 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2669
2670 /**
2671 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2672 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2673 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2674 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2675 */
2676 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2677
2678 /**
2679 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2680 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2681 */
2682 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2683
2684 /**
2685 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2686 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2687 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2688 *
2689 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2690 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2691 * don't update as expected.
2692 */
2693 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2694
2695 /**
2696 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2697 */
2698 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2699
2700 /**
2701 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2702 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2703 *
2704 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2705 */
2706 $wgUseGzip = false;
2707
2708 /**
2709 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2710 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2711 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2712 *
2713 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2714 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2715 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2716 */
2717 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2718
2719 /**
2720 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2721 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2722 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2723 *
2724 * @par Example:
2725 * @code
2726 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2727 * @endcode
2728 *
2729 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2730 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2731 *
2732 * @var int|bool
2733 */
2734 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2735
2736 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2737
2738 /************************************************************************//**
2739 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2740 *
2741 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2742 * although they are sometimes still referred to as Squid settings for
2743 * historical reasons.
2744 *
2745 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2746 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2747 * more details.
2748 *
2749 * @{
2750 */
2751
2752 /**
2753 * Enable/disable CDN.
2754 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2755 *
2756 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgUseSquid.
2757 */
2758 $wgUseCdn = false;
2759
2760 /**
2761 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2762 * @deprecated in 1.33. This was a now-defunct experimental feature.
2763 */
2764 $wgUseESI = false;
2765
2766 /**
2767 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2768 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2769 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2770 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2771 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2772 * HTTP redirects.
2773 */
2774 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2775
2776 /**
2777 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2778 *
2779 * @par Example:
2780 * @code
2781 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2782 * @endcode
2783 */
2784 $wgInternalServer = false;
2785
2786 /**
2787 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2788 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2789 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2790 *
2791 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2792 *
2793 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidMaxage
2794 */
2795 $wgCdnMaxAge = 18000;
2796
2797 /**
2798 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2799 * @see $wgCdnMaxAge
2800 *
2801 * @since 1.27
2802 */
2803 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2804
2805 /**
2806 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2807 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2808 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2809 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2810 *
2811 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2812 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2813 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2814 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2815 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound purge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2816 *
2817 * @since 1.27
2818 */
2819 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2820
2821 /**
2822 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2823 * @see $wgCdnMaxAge
2824 * @since 1.27
2825 */
2826 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2827
2828 /**
2829 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2830 *
2831 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2832 */
2833 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2834
2835 /**
2836 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2837 *
2838 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2839 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2840 *
2841 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2842 *
2843 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServers.
2844 */
2845 $wgCdnServers = [];
2846
2847 /**
2848 * As with $wgCdnServers, except these servers aren't purged on page changes;
2849 * use to set a list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP
2850 * addresses and CIDR blocks.
2851 *
2852 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2853 * @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServersNoPurge
2854 */
2855 $wgCdnServersNoPurge = [];
2856
2857 /**
2858 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2859 * configured in $wgCdnServers. Set this to false to support a CDN
2860 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2861 *
2862 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2863 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2864 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2865 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2866 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2867 *
2868 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2869 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2870 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2871 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2872 * reverse).
2873 *
2874 * @since 1.21
2875 * @deprecated since 1.33, will always be true in a future release.
2876 */
2877 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2878
2879 /**
2880 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2881 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2882 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2883 *
2884 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2885 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2886 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2887 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2888 *
2889 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2890 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2891 * @code
2892 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2893 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2894 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2895 * 'port' => 4827,
2896 * ],
2897 * '' => [
2898 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2899 * 'port' => 4827,
2900 * ],
2901 * ];
2902 * @endcode
2903 *
2904 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2905 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2906 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2907 *
2908 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2909 * @code
2910 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2911 * '' => [
2912 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2913 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2914 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2915 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2916 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2917 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2918 * ],
2919 * ];
2920 * @endcode
2921 *
2922 * @since 1.22
2923 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2924 */
2925 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2926
2927 /**
2928 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2929 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2930 */
2931 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2932
2933 /**
2934 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2935 */
2936 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2937
2938 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2939
2940 /************************************************************************//**
2941 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2942 * @{
2943 */
2944
2945 /**
2946 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2947 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2948 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2949 *
2950 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2951 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2952 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2953 *
2954 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2955 * change it in their preferences.
2956 *
2957 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2958 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2959 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2960 */
2961 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2962
2963 /**
2964 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2965 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2966 */
2967 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2968
2969 /**
2970 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2971 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2972 *
2973 * @par Example:
2974 * @code
2975 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2976 * @endcode
2977 */
2978 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2979
2980 /**
2981 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2982 */
2983 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2984
2985 /**
2986 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2987 */
2988 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2989
2990 /**
2991 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2992 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2993 * Notes:
2994 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2995 * map.
2996 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2997 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2998 * this array.
2999 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
3000 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
3001 * the prefix in this array.
3002 */
3003 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
3004
3005 /**
3006 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
3007 */
3008 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
3009
3010 /**
3011 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
3012 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
3013 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
3014 *
3015 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
3016 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
3017 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
3018 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
3019 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
3020 *
3021 * @since 1.29
3022 */
3023 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
3024 // Language codes of macro languages, which get mapped to the main language
3025 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
3026 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
3027
3028 // Language variants which get mapped to the main language
3029 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
3030 ];
3031
3032 /**
3033 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
3034 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
3035 *
3036 * @deprecated since 1.29
3037 */
3038 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
3039
3040 /**
3041 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
3042 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3043 * set to "ar".
3044 *
3045 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
3046 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
3047 *
3048 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3049 */
3050 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
3051
3052 /**
3053 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
3054 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3055 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
3056 * support these characters.
3057 *
3058 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
3059 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
3060 *
3061 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3062 */
3063 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
3064
3065 /**
3066 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
3067 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
3068 * impact.
3069 *
3070 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
3071 * details.
3072 *
3073 * @since 1.17
3074 */
3075 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
3076
3077 /**
3078 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3079 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3080 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3081 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3082 *
3083 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3084 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3085 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3086 */
3087 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3088
3089 /**
3090 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3091 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3092 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3093 *
3094 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3095 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3096 * to remain viewable.
3097 *
3098 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3099 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3100 */
3101 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3102
3103 /**
3104 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3105 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3106 */
3107 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3108
3109 /**
3110 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3111 * numerals in interface.
3112 */
3113 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3114
3115 /**
3116 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3117 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3118 */
3119 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3120
3121 /**
3122 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3123 */
3124 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3125
3126 /**
3127 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3128 */
3129 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3130
3131 /**
3132 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3133 */
3134 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3135
3136 /**
3137 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3138 */
3139 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3140
3141 /**
3142 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3143 */
3144 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3145
3146 /**
3147 * Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3148 * used to ease variant development work.
3149 */
3150 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3151
3152 /**
3153 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3154 *
3155 * @par Example:
3156 * @code
3157 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3158 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3159 * @endcode
3160 */
3161 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3162
3163 /**
3164 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3165 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3166 * language variant.
3167 *
3168 * @par Example:
3169 * @code
3170 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3171 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3172 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3173 * @endcode
3174 *
3175 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3176 *
3177 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3178 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3179 */
3180 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3181
3182 /**
3183 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3184 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3185 * customise these.
3186 */
3187 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3188
3189 /**
3190 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3191 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3192 *
3193 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3194 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3195 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3196 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3197 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3198 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3199 * the default behavior.
3200 *
3201 * @par Example:
3202 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3203 * portal:
3204 * @code
3205 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3206 * @endcode
3207 */
3208 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3209
3210 /**
3211 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3212 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3213 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3214 *
3215 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3216 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3217 *
3218 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3219 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3220 *
3221 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3222 * https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3223 *
3224 * @par Examples:
3225 * @code
3226 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3227 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3228 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3229 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3230 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3231 * @endcode
3232 */
3233 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3234
3235 /**
3236 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3237 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3238 *
3239 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3240 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3241 *
3242 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3243 */
3244 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3245
3246 /**
3247 * List of Unicode characters for which capitalization is overridden in
3248 * Language::ucfirst. The characters should be
3249 * represented as char_to_convert => conversion_override. See T219279 for details
3250 * on why this is useful during php version transitions.
3251 *
3252 * @warning: EXPERIMENTAL!
3253 *
3254 * @since 1.34
3255 * @var array
3256 */
3257 $wgOverrideUcfirstCharacters = [];
3258
3259 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3260
3261 /*************************************************************************//**
3262 * @name Output format and skin settings
3263 * @{
3264 */
3265
3266 /**
3267 * The default Content-Type header.
3268 */
3269 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3270
3271 /**
3272 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3273 *
3274 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3275 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3276 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3277 * @since 1.16
3278 */
3279 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3280
3281 /**
3282 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3283 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3284 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3285 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3286 * @since 1.24
3287 */
3288 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3289
3290 /**
3291 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3292 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3293 * stable and change has been communicated.
3294 * @since 1.24
3295 */
3296 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3297
3298 /**
3299 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3300 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3301 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3302 *
3303 * @since 1.28
3304 */
3305 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3306
3307 /**
3308 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3309 *
3310 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3311 *
3312 * @par Example:
3313 * @code
3314 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3315 * @endcode
3316 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3317 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3318 *
3319 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3320 */
3321 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3322
3323 /**
3324 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3325 *
3326 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3327 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3328 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3329 */
3330 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3331
3332 /**
3333 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3334 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3335 */
3336 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3337
3338 /**
3339 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3340 *
3341 * @since 1.24
3342 */
3343 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3344
3345 /**
3346 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3347 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3348 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3349 */
3350 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3351
3352 /**
3353 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3354 */
3355 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3356
3357 /**
3358 * Allow user Javascript page?
3359 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3360 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3361 */
3362 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3363
3364 /**
3365 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3366 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3367 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3368 */
3369 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3370
3371 /**
3372 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3373 *
3374 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3375 * are available to users.
3376 */
3377 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3378
3379 /**
3380 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3381 */
3382 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3383
3384 /**
3385 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3386 */
3387 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3388
3389 /**
3390 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3391 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3392 */
3393 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3394
3395 /**
3396 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3397 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3398 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3399 *
3400 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3401 *
3402 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3403 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3404 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3405 *
3406 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3407 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3408 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3409 * recommended.
3410 *
3411 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3412 * not just edit pages.
3413 */
3414 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3415
3416 /**
3417 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3418 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3419 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3420 * Options are:
3421 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3422 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3423 * - false: Allow all framing.
3424 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3425 */
3426 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3427
3428 /**
3429 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3430 */
3431 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3432
3433 /**
3434 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3435 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3436 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3437 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3438 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3439 *
3440 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3441 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3442 * a page.
3443 *
3444 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3445 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3446 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3447 * would still work.
3448 *
3449 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3450 *
3451 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3452 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3453 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3454 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3455 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3456 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3457 * fragment mode is used.
3458 *
3459 * @since 1.30
3460 */
3461 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3462
3463 /**
3464 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3465 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3466 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3467 * to 'html5'.
3468 *
3469 * @since 1.30
3470 */
3471 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3472
3473 /**
3474 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3475 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3476 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3477 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3478 *
3479 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3480 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3481 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3482 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3483 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3484 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3485 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3486 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3487 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3488 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3489 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3490 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3491 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3492 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3493 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3494 * not be outputted
3495 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3496 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3497 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3498 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3499 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3500 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3501 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3502 */
3503 $wgFooterIcons = [
3504 "copyright" => [
3505 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3506 ],
3507 "poweredby" => [
3508 "mediawiki" => [
3509 // Defaults to point at
3510 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3511 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3512 "src" => null,
3513 "url" => "https://www.mediawiki.org/",
3514 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3515 ]
3516 ],
3517 ];
3518
3519 /**
3520 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3521 * to create an account.
3522 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3523 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3524 */
3525 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3526
3527 /**
3528 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3529 */
3530 $wgEdititis = false;
3531
3532 /**
3533 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3534 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3535 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3536 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3537 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3538 *
3539 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3540 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3541 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3542 */
3543 $wgSend404Code = true;
3544
3545 /**
3546 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3547 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3548 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3549 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3550 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3551 *
3552 * @since 1.20
3553 */
3554 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3555
3556 /**
3557 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3558 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3559 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3560 * unconditionally.
3561 */
3562 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3563
3564 /**
3565 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3566 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3567 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3568 * the domain root.
3569 *
3570 * @since 1.25
3571 */
3572 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3573
3574 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3575
3576 /*************************************************************************//**
3577 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3578 * @{
3579 */
3580
3581 /**
3582 * Client-side resource modules.
3583 *
3584 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3585 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3586 *
3587 * @par Example:
3588 * @code
3589 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3590 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3591 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3592 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3593 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3594 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3595 * ];
3596 * @endcode
3597 */
3598 $wgResourceModules = [];
3599
3600 /**
3601 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3602 *
3603 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3604 * not be modified or disabled.
3605 *
3606 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3607 *
3608 * @par Example:
3609 * @code
3610 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3611 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3612 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3613 * ];
3614 *
3615 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3616 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3617 * ];
3618 * @endcode
3619 *
3620 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3621 *
3622 * @par Equivalent:
3623 * @code
3624 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3625 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3626 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3627 * 'skinStyles' => [
3628 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3629 * ],
3630 * ];
3631 * @endcode
3632 *
3633 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3634 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3635 *
3636 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3637 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3638 *
3639 * @par Example:
3640 * @code
3641 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3642 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3643 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3644 * 'skinStyles' => [
3645 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3646 * ],
3647 * ];
3648 * // Note the '+' character:
3649 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3650 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3651 * ];
3652 * @endcode
3653 *
3654 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3655 *
3656 * @par Equivalent:
3657 * @code
3658 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3659 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3660 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3661 * 'skinStyles' => [
3662 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3663 * 'foo' => [
3664 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3665 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3666 * ],
3667 * ],
3668 * ];
3669 * @endcode
3670 *
3671 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3672 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3673 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3674 *
3675 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3676 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3677 *
3678 * @par Example:
3679 * @code
3680 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3681 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3682 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3683 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3684 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3685 * ];
3686 * @endcode
3687 */
3688 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3689
3690 /**
3691 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3692 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3693 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3694 *
3695 * @par Example:
3696 * @code
3697 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3698 * @endcode
3699 */
3700 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3701
3702 /**
3703 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3704 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3705 */
3706 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3707
3708 /**
3709 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3710 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3711 *
3712 * Following options to distinguish:
3713 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3714 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3715 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3716 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3717 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3718 *
3719 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3720 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3721 * client and MediaWiki.
3722 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3723 */
3724 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3725 'versioned' => [
3726 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3727 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3728 ],
3729 'unversioned' => [
3730 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3731 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3732 ],
3733 ];
3734
3735 /**
3736 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3737 *
3738 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3739 */
3740 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3741
3742 /**
3743 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3744 *
3745 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3746 */
3747 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3748
3749 /**
3750 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3751 *
3752 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3753 * work.
3754 *
3755 * @par Example of legacy code:
3756 * @code{,js}
3757 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3758 * @endcode
3759 * or:
3760 * @code{,js}
3761 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3762 * @endcode
3763 *
3764 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3765 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3766 * @code{,js}
3767 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3768 * @endcode
3769 * or:
3770 * @code{,js}
3771 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3772 * @endcode
3773 */
3774 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3775
3776 /**
3777 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3778 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3779 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3780 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3781 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3782 * that you can't increase.
3783 *
3784 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3785 * string length limit.
3786 *
3787 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3788 */
3789 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3790
3791 /**
3792 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3793 * prior to minification to validate it.
3794 *
3795 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3796 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3797 */
3798 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3799
3800 /**
3801 * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
3802 *
3803 * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
3804 * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
3805 *
3806 * @since 1.32
3807 */
3808 $wgResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = false;
3809
3810 /**
3811 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3812 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3813 */
3814 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3815
3816 /**
3817 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3818 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3819 *
3820 * @since 1.23
3821 */
3822 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3823
3824 /**
3825 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3826 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3827 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3828 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3829 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3830 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3831 * from the rest of the site.
3832 *
3833 * @since 1.25
3834 */
3835 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3836
3837 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3838
3839 /*************************************************************************//**
3840 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3841 * @{
3842 */
3843
3844 /**
3845 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3846 * used instead.
3847 */
3848 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3849
3850 /**
3851 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3852 *
3853 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3854 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3855 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3856 */
3857 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3858
3859 /**
3860 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3861 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3862 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3863 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3864 * hook or extension.json.
3865 *
3866 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3867 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3868 * the new namespace name.
3869 *
3870 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3871 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3872 *
3873 * @par Example:
3874 * @code
3875 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3876 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3877 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3878 * 102 => "Aide",
3879 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3880 * ];
3881 * @endcode
3882 *
3883 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3884 */
3885 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3886
3887 /**
3888 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3889 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3890 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3891 * @since 1.18
3892 */
3893 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3894
3895 /**
3896 * Namespace aliases.
3897 *
3898 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3899 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3900 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3901 * name.
3902 *
3903 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3904 *
3905 * @par Example:
3906 * @code
3907 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3908 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3909 * 'Help' => 100,
3910 * ];
3911 * @endcode
3912 */
3913 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3914
3915 /**
3916 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3917 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3918 *
3919 * Problematic punctuation:
3920 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3921 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3922 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3923 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3924 * corrupted by apache
3925 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3926 *
3927 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3928 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3929 *
3930 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3931 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3932 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3933 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3934 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3935 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3936 *
3937 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3938 */
3939 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3940
3941 /**
3942 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3943 *
3944 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3945 */
3946 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3947
3948 /**
3949 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3950 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3951 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3952 *
3953 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3954 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3955 */
3956 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3957
3958 /**
3959 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3960 */
3961 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3962
3963 /**
3964 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3965 * @{
3966 */
3967
3968 /**
3969 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3970 * database (.cdb) file.
3971 *
3972 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3973 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3974 * formats such as the following:
3975 *
3976 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3977 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3978 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3979 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3980 *
3981 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3982 * data layout.
3983 *
3984 * @var bool|array|string
3985 */
3986 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3987
3988 /**
3989 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3990 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3991 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3992 * - 3: site levels
3993 */
3994 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3995
3996 /**
3997 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3998 */
3999 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4000
4001 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4002
4003 /**
4004 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4005 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4006 * as 'redirected from' links.
4007 *
4008 * @par Example:
4009 * It might look something like this:
4010 * @code
4011 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4012 * @endcode
4013 *
4014 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4015 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4016 * the URL.
4017 */
4018 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4019
4020 /**
4021 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4022 *
4023 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4024 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4025 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4026 */
4027 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4028
4029 /**
4030 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such as Special, see
4031 * NamespaceInfo::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be true by default (and
4032 * setting them has no effect), due to various things that require them to be so. Also, since Talk
4033 * namespaces need to directly mirror their associated content namespaces, the values for those are
4034 * ignored in favor of the subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically
4035 * from NS_FILE.
4036 *
4037 * @par Example:
4038 * @code
4039 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4040 * @endcode
4041 */
4042 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4043
4044 /**
4045 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4046 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4047 */
4048 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4049 NS_TALK => true,
4050 NS_USER => true,
4051 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4052 NS_PROJECT => true,
4053 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4054 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4055 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4056 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4057 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4058 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4059 NS_HELP => true,
4060 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4061 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4062 ];
4063
4064 /**
4065 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4066 *
4067 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4068 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4069 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4070 *
4071 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4072 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4073 *
4074 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4075 * the new extension registration system.
4076 *
4077 * @since 1.23
4078 */
4079 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4080
4081 /**
4082 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4083 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4084 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4085 * number of articles in the wiki.
4086 */
4087 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4088
4089 /**
4090 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4091 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4092 * be shown on that page.
4093 * @since 1.30
4094 */
4095 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4096
4097 /**
4098 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4099 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4100 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4101 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4102 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4103 */
4104 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4105
4106 /**
4107 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4108 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4109 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4110 */
4111 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4112
4113 /**
4114 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4115 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4116 * will make the redirect fail.
4117 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4118 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4119 *
4120 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4121 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4122 */
4123 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4124
4125 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4126
4127 /************************************************************************//**
4128 * @name Parser settings
4129 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4130 * @{
4131 */
4132
4133 /**
4134 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4135 *
4136 * class The class name
4137 *
4138 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4139 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4140 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4141 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4142 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4143 *
4144 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4145 *
4146 * The Preprocessor_DOM class is deprecated, and will be removed in a future
4147 * release.
4148 *
4149 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4150 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4151 * the configuration will change at runtime via Parser member functions, so
4152 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4153 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4154 * an extension setup function.
4155 */
4156 $wgParserConf = [
4157 'class' => Parser::class,
4158 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4159 ];
4160
4161 /**
4162 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4163 */
4164 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4165
4166 /**
4167 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4168 * by PPFrame::expand()
4169 */
4170 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4171
4172 /**
4173 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4174 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4175 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4176 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4177 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4178 *
4179 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4180 */
4181 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4182
4183 /**
4184 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4185 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4186 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4187 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4188 */
4189 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4190
4191 /**
4192 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4193 */
4194 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4195
4196 /**
4197 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4198 *
4199 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4200 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4201 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4202 * more information.
4203 *
4204 * @see wfParseUrl
4205 */
4206 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4207 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4208 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4209 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4210 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4211 ];
4212
4213 /**
4214 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4215 */
4216 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4217
4218 /**
4219 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4220 */
4221 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4222
4223 /**
4224 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4225 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4226 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4227 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4228 *
4229 * @par Examples:
4230 * @code
4231 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4232 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4233 * @endcode
4234 */
4235 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4236
4237 /**
4238 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4239 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4240 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4241 * The image will be displayed.
4242 *
4243 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4244 * Or false to disable it
4245 *
4246 * @since 1.14
4247 */
4248 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = false;
4249
4250 /**
4251 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4252 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4253 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4254 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4255 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4256 * sites they control.
4257 */
4258 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4259
4260 /**
4261 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4262 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4263 * library; historically, other postprocessors were used.
4264 *
4265 * Setting this to null will use default settings.
4266 *
4267 * Keys include:
4268 * - driver: formerly used to select a postprocessor; now ignored.
4269 * - treeMutationTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4270 * - serializerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4271 * - mungerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4272 * - pwrap: whether <p> wrapping should be done (default true)
4273 *
4274 * See includes/tidy/RemexDriver.php for detail on configuration.
4275 *
4276 * Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in
4277 * production.
4278 */
4279 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4280
4281 /**
4282 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4283 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4284 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4285 */
4286 $wgRawHtml = false;
4287
4288 /**
4289 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4290 *
4291 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4292 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4293 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4294 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4295 * to some of your users.
4296 */
4297 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4298
4299 /**
4300 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4301 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4302 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4303 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4304 */
4305 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4306
4307 /**
4308 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4309 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4310 */
4311 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4312
4313 /**
4314 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4315 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4316 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4317 *
4318 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4319 *
4320 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4321 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4322 * etc.
4323 *
4324 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4325 */
4326 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4327
4328 /**
4329 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4330 */
4331 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4332
4333 /**
4334 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4335 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4336 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4337 */
4338 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4339
4340 /**
4341 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4342 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4343 */
4344 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4345
4346 /**
4347 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4348 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4349 */
4350 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4351
4352 /**
4353 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4354 */
4355 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4356
4357 /**
4358 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
4359 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4360 */
4361 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4362
4363 /**
4364 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4365 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4366 *
4367 * @since 1.28
4368 */
4369 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4370 'ISBN' => false,
4371 'PMID' => false,
4372 'RFC' => false
4373 ];
4374
4375 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4376
4377 /************************************************************************//**
4378 * @name Statistics
4379 * @{
4380 */
4381
4382 /**
4383 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4384 * as a valid article.
4385 *
4386 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4387 *
4388 * This variable can have the following values:
4389 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4390 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4391 *
4392 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4393 *
4394 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4395 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4396 * script.
4397 */
4398 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4399
4400 /**
4401 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4402 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4403 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4404 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4405 * numbers between different wikis.
4406 */
4407 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4408
4409 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4410
4411 /************************************************************************//**
4412 * @name User accounts, authentication
4413 * @{
4414 */
4415
4416 /**
4417 * Central ID lookup providers
4418 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4419 * @since 1.27
4420 */
4421 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4422 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4423 ];
4424
4425 /**
4426 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4427 * @var string
4428 */
4429 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4430
4431 /**
4432 * Password policy for the wiki.
4433 * Structured as
4434 * [
4435 * 'policies' => [ <group> => [ <policy> => <settings>, ... ], ... ],
4436 * 'checks' => [ <policy> => <callback>, ... ],
4437 * ]
4438 * where <group> is a user group, <policy> is a password policy name
4439 * (arbitrary string) defined in the 'checks' part, <callback> is the
4440 * PHP callable implementing the policy check, <settings> is an array
4441 * of options with the following keys:
4442 * - value: (number, boolean or null) the value to pass to the callback
4443 * - forceChange: (bool, default false) if the password is invalid, do
4444 * not let the user log in without changing the password
4445 * - suggestChangeOnLogin: (bool, default false) if true and the password is
4446 * invalid, suggest a password change if logging in. If all the failing policies
4447 * that apply to the user have this set to false, the password change
4448 * screen will not be shown. 'forceChange' takes precedence over
4449 * 'suggestChangeOnLogin' if they are both present.
4450 * As a shorthand for [ 'value' => <value> ], simply <value> can be written.
4451 * When multiple password policies are defined for a user, the settings
4452 * arrays are merged, and for fields which are set in both arrays, the
4453 * larger value (as understood by PHP's 'max' method) is taken.
4454 *
4455 * A user's effective policy is the superset of all policy statements
4456 * from the policies for the groups where the user is a member. If more
4457 * than one group policy include the same policy statement, the value is
4458 * the max() of the values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group
4459 * is required, and serves as the minimum policy for all users.
4460 *
4461 * Callbacks receive three arguments: the policy value, the User object
4462 * and the password; and must return a StatusValue. A non-good status
4463 * means the password will not be accepted for new accounts, and existing
4464 * accounts will be prompted for password change or barred from logging in
4465 * (depending on whether the status is a fatal or merely error/warning).
4466 *
4467 * The checks supported by core are:
4468 * - MinimalPasswordLength - Minimum length a user can set.
4469 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - Passwords shorter than this will
4470 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4471 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4472 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4473 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match the username.
4474 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4475 * match a blacklist of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past.
4476 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4477 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4478 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4479 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4480 * Deprecated since 1.33. Use PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist instead.
4481 * - PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist - Password not in best practices list of
4482 * 100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this
4483 * is a probabilistic test.
4484 *
4485 * If you add custom checks, for Special:PasswordPolicies to display them correctly,
4486 * every check should have a corresponding passwordpolicies-policy-<check> message,
4487 * and every settings field other than 'value' should have a corresponding
4488 * passwordpolicies-policyflag-<flag> message (<check> and <flag> are in lowercase).
4489 * The check message receives the policy value as a parameter, the flag message
4490 * receives the flag value (or values if it's an array).
4491 *
4492 * @since 1.26
4493 * @see PasswordPolicyChecks
4494 * @see User::checkPasswordValidity()
4495 */
4496 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4497 'policies' => [
4498 'bureaucrat' => [
4499 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4500 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4501 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4502 ],
4503 'sysop' => [
4504 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4505 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4506 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4507 ],
4508 'interface-admin' => [
4509 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4510 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4511 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4512 ],
4513 'bot' => [
4514 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4515 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4516 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4517 ],
4518 'default' => [
4519 'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 1, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4520 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4521 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4522 'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 4096, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
4523 ],
4524 ],
4525 'checks' => [
4526 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4527 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4528 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4529 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4530 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4531 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist',
4532 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordNotInLargeBlacklist',
4533 ],
4534 ];
4535
4536 /**
4537 * Configure AuthManager
4538 *
4539 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4540 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4541 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4542 * (default is 0).
4543 *
4544 * Elements are:
4545 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4546 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4547 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4548 *
4549 * @since 1.27
4550 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4551 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4552 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4553 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4554 */
4555 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4556
4557 /**
4558 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4559 * @since 1.27
4560 */
4561 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4562 'preauth' => [
4563 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4564 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4565 'sort' => 0,
4566 ],
4567 ],
4568 'primaryauth' => [
4569 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4570 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4571 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4572 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4573 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4574 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4575 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4576 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4577 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4578 'args' => [ [
4579 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4580 'authoritative' => false,
4581 ] ],
4582 'sort' => 0,
4583 ],
4584 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4585 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4586 'args' => [ [
4587 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4588 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4589 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4590 // password") if it too fails.
4591 'authoritative' => true,
4592 ] ],
4593 'sort' => 100,
4594 ],
4595 ],
4596 'secondaryauth' => [
4597 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4598 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4599 'sort' => 0,
4600 ],
4601 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4602 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4603 'sort' => 100,
4604 ],
4605 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4606 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4607 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4608 // 'sort' => 100,
4609 // ],
4610 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4611 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4612 'sort' => 200,
4613 ],
4614 ],
4615 ];
4616
4617 /**
4618 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4619 *
4620 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4621 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4622 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4623 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4624 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4625 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4626 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4627 * that needs to do this.
4628 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4629 * the last X seconds.
4630 * - Come up with a third option.
4631 *
4632 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4633 * "X seconds".
4634 *
4635 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4636 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4637 * - LinkAccounts
4638 * - UnlinkAccount
4639 * - ChangeCredentials
4640 * - RemoveCredentials
4641 * - ChangeEmail
4642 *
4643 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4644 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4645 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4646 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4647 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4648 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4649 *
4650 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4651 *
4652 * @since 1.27
4653 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4654 */
4655 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4656 'default' => 300,
4657 ];
4658
4659 /**
4660 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4661 *
4662 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4663 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4664 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4665 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4666 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4667 *
4668 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4669 *
4670 * @since 1.27
4671 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4672 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4673 */
4674 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4675 'default' => true,
4676 ];
4677
4678 /**
4679 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4680 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4681 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4682 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4683 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4684 * @since 1.27
4685 * @var string[]
4686 */
4687 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4688 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4689 ];
4690
4691 /**
4692 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4693 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4694 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4695 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4696 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4697 * @since 1.27
4698 * @var string[]
4699 */
4700 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4701 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4702 ];
4703
4704 /**
4705 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4706 * words are allowed.
4707 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4708 */
4709 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4710
4711 /**
4712 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4713 *
4714 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4715 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4716 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4717 *
4718 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4719 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4720 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4721 */
4722 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4723
4724 /**
4725 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4726 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4727 * @since 1.23
4728 */
4729 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4730
4731 /**
4732 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4733 *
4734 * @since 1.24
4735 */
4736 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4737
4738 /**
4739 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4740 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4741 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4742 *
4743 * An advanced example:
4744 * @code
4745 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4746 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4747 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4748 * 'secrets' => [
4749 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4750 * ],
4751 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4752 * ];
4753 * @endcode
4754 *
4755 * @since 1.24
4756 */
4757 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4758 'A' => [
4759 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4760 ],
4761 'B' => [
4762 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4763 ],
4764 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4765 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4766 'types' => [
4767 'A',
4768 'pbkdf2',
4769 ],
4770 ],
4771 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4772 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4773 'types' => [
4774 'B',
4775 'pbkdf2',
4776 ],
4777 ],
4778 'bcrypt' => [
4779 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4780 'cost' => 9,
4781 ],
4782 'pbkdf2' => [
4783 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4784 'algo' => 'sha512',
4785 'cost' => '30000',
4786 'length' => '64',
4787 ],
4788 'argon2' => [
4789 'class' => Argon2Password::class,
4790
4791 // Algorithm used:
4792 // * 'argon2i' is optimized against side-channel attacks (PHP 7.2+)
4793 // * 'argon2id' is optimized against both side-channel and GPU cracking (PHP 7.3+)
4794 // * 'auto' to use best available algorithm. If you're using more than one server, be
4795 // careful when you're mixing PHP versions because newer PHP might generate hashes that
4796 // older versions might would not understand.
4797 'algo' => 'auto',
4798
4799 // The parameters below are the same as options accepted by password_hash().
4800 // Set them to override that function's defaults.
4801 //
4802 // 'memory_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_MEMORY_COST,
4803 // 'time_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_TIME_COST,
4804 // 'threads' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_THREADS,
4805 ],
4806 ];
4807
4808 /**
4809 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4810 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4811 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4812 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4813 */
4814 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4815 'username' => true,
4816 'email' => true,
4817 ];
4818
4819 /**
4820 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4821 */
4822 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4823
4824 /**
4825 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4826 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4827 */
4828 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4829
4830 /**
4831 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4832 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4833 */
4834 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4835 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4836 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4837 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4838 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4839 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4840 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter and RevisionStore for revisions with no author
4841 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4842 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4843 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4844 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4845 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4846 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4847 ];
4848
4849 /**
4850 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4851 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4852 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4853 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4854 */
4855 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4856 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4857 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4858 'date' => 'default',
4859 'diffonly' => 0,
4860 'disablemail' => 0,
4861 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4862 'editondblclick' => 0,
4863 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4864 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4865 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4866 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4867 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4868 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4869 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4870 'fancysig' => 0,
4871 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4872 'gender' => 'unknown',
4873 'hideminor' => 0,
4874 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4875 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4876 'imagesize' => 2,
4877 'minordefault' => 0,
4878 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4879 'nickname' => '',
4880 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4881 'numberheadings' => 0,
4882 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4883 'previewontop' => 1,
4884 'rcdays' => 7,
4885 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4886 'rclimit' => 50,
4887 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4888 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4889 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4890 'showrollbackconfirmation' => 0,
4891 'skin' => false,
4892 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4893 'thumbsize' => 5,
4894 'underline' => 2,
4895 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4896 'usenewrc' => 1,
4897 'watchcreations' => 1,
4898 'watchdefault' => 1,
4899 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4900 'watchuploads' => 1,
4901 'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
4902 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4903 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4904 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4905 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4906 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4907 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4908 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4909 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4910 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4911 'watchmoves' => 0,
4912 'watchrollback' => 0,
4913 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4914 'wllimit' => 250,
4915 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4916 'prefershttps' => 1,
4917 ];
4918
4919 /**
4920 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4921 */
4922 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4923
4924 /**
4925 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4926 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4927 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4928 */
4929 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4930
4931 /**
4932 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4933 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4934 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4935 *
4936 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4937 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4938 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4939 */
4940 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4941
4942 /**
4943 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4944 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4945 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4946 * @since 1.17
4947 */
4948 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4949
4950 /**
4951 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4952 *
4953 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4954 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4955 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4956 *
4957 * @since 1.27
4958 * @var string|null
4959 */
4960 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4961
4962 /**
4963 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4964 *
4965 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4966 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4967 *
4968 * @since 1.27
4969 */
4970 $wgSessionProviders = [
4971 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4972 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4973 'args' => [ [
4974 'priority' => 30,
4975 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4976 ] ],
4977 ],
4978 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4979 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4980 'args' => [ [
4981 'priority' => 75,
4982 ] ],
4983 ],
4984 ];
4985
4986 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4987
4988 /************************************************************************//**
4989 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4990 * @{
4991 */
4992
4993 /**
4994 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4995 */
4996 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4997
4998 /**
4999 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
5000 *
5001 * This only applies to sitewide blocks. Partial blocks always allow users to
5002 * edit their own user talk page unless otherwise specified in the block
5003 * restrictions.
5004 */
5005 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5006
5007 /**
5008 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5009 */
5010 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5011
5012 /**
5013 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5014 *
5015 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5016 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5017 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5018 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5019 *
5020 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5021 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5022 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5023 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5024 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5025 */
5026 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5027 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5028 'IPv6' => 19,
5029 ];
5030
5031 /**
5032 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5033 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5034 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5035 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5036 * anonymous visitors.
5037 */
5038 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5039
5040 /**
5041 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5042 *
5043 * @par Example:
5044 * @code
5045 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5046 * @endcode
5047 *
5048 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5049 *
5050 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5051 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5052 *
5053 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5054 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5055 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5056 *
5057 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5058 * hook instead.
5059 */
5060 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5061
5062 /**
5063 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5064 *
5065 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5066 * is without underscore.
5067 *
5068 * @par Example:
5069 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5070 * @code
5071 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5072 * @endcode
5073 *
5074 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5075 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5076 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5077 *
5078 * @par Example:
5079 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5080 * @code
5081 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5082 * @endcode
5083 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5084 *
5085 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5086 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5087 */
5088 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5089
5090 /**
5091 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5092 * address before being allowed to edit?
5093 */
5094 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5095
5096 /**
5097 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5098 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5099 */
5100 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5101
5102 /**
5103 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5104 *
5105 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5106 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5107 *
5108 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5109 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5110 *
5111 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5112 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5113 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5114 * in in the user_groups table.
5115 *
5116 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5117 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5118 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5119 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5120 *
5121 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5122 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5123 *
5124 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5125 */
5126 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5127
5128 /** @cond file_level_code */
5129 // Implicit group for all visitors
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5141 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5142
5143 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjsredirect'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5167
5168 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5171
5172 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5173 // from various log pages by default
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5182
5183 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5187 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5189 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5191 // can view deleted revision text
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5220 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5223 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5224 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5225 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5227 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5228
5229 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
5230 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
5231 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
5232 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
5233 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
5234 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
5235 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
5236
5237 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5238 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5239 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5240 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5241 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5242 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5243 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5244
5245 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5246 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5247 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5248 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5249 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5250 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5251 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5252 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5253 // For private suppression log access
5254 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5255
5256 /**
5257 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5258 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5259 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5260 * server.
5261 */
5262 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5263
5264 /** @endcond */
5265
5266 /**
5267 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5268 *
5269 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5270 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5271 *
5272 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5273 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5274 */
5275 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5276
5277 /**
5278 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5279 */
5280 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5281
5282 /**
5283 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5284 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5285 *
5286 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5287 * group".
5288 *
5289 * @par Example:
5290 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5291 * @code
5292 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5293 * @endcode
5294 *
5295 * @par Example:
5296 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5297 * @code
5298 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5299 * @endcode
5300 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5301 * any group that they happen to be in.
5302 */
5303 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5304
5305 /**
5306 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5307 */
5308 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5309
5310 /**
5311 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5312 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5313 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5314 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5315 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5316 */
5317 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5318
5319 /**
5320 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5321 *
5322 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5323 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5324 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5325 *
5326 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5327 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5328 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5329 */
5330 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5331
5332 /**
5333 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5334 *
5335 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5336 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5337 *
5338 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5339 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5340 */
5341 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5342
5343 /**
5344 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5345 *
5346 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5347 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5348 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5349 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5350 * "semiprotected".
5351 *
5352 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5353 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5354 */
5355 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5356
5357 /**
5358 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5359 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5360 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5361 *
5362 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5363 */
5364 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5365
5366 /**
5367 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5368 *
5369 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5370 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5371 *
5372 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5373 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5374 */
5375 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5376
5377 /**
5378 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5379 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5380 * privileges of new accounts.
5381 *
5382 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5383 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5384 *
5385 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5386 *
5387 * @par Example:
5388 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5389 * @code
5390 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5391 * @endcode
5392 * Set age to one day:
5393 * @code
5394 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5395 * @endcode
5396 */
5397 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5398
5399 /**
5400 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5401 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5402 *
5403 * @par Example:
5404 * @code
5405 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5406 * @endcode
5407 */
5408 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5409
5410 /**
5411 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5412 *
5413 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5414 *
5415 * $wgAutopromote = [
5416 * 'groupname' => cond,
5417 * 'group2' => cond2,
5418 * ];
5419 *
5420 * A `cond` may be:
5421 * - a single condition without arguments:
5422 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5423 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5424 * [ `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` ]
5425 * - a single condition with arguments:
5426 * e.g. `[ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 ]`
5427 * - a set of conditions:
5428 * e.g. `[ 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... ]`
5429 *
5430 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5431 * - `&` (**AND**):
5432 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5433 * - `|` (**OR**):
5434 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5435 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5436 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5437 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5438 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5439 * - [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ]:
5440 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5441 * - [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ]:
5442 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5443 * - [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ]:
5444 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5445 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5446 * - [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ]:
5447 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5448 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5449 * - [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ]:
5450 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5451 * - [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ]:
5452 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5453 * - [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ]:
5454 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5455 * - [ APCOND_BLOCKED ]:
5456 * true if the user is sitewide blocked
5457 * - [ APCOND_ISBOT ]:
5458 * true if the user is a bot
5459 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5460 *
5461 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5462 * linked by operands.
5463 *
5464 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5465 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5466 */
5467 $wgAutopromote = [
5468 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5469 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5470 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5471 ],
5472 ];
5473
5474 /**
5475 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5476 *
5477 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5478 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5479 *
5480 * The format is:
5481 * @code
5482 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5483 * @endcode
5484 * Where event is either:
5485 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5486 *
5487 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5488 *
5489 * @see $wgAutopromote
5490 * @since 1.18
5491 */
5492 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5493 'onEdit' => [],
5494 ];
5495
5496 /**
5497 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5498 * @since 1.18
5499 */
5500 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5501
5502 /**
5503 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5504 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5505 *
5506 * @par Example:
5507 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5508 * @code
5509 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5510 * @endcode
5511 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5512 * @code
5513 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5514 * @endcode
5515 * Sysops can make bots:
5516 * @code
5517 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5518 * @endcode
5519 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5520 * @code
5521 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5522 * @endcode
5523 */
5524 $wgAddGroups = [];
5525
5526 /**
5527 * @see $wgAddGroups
5528 */
5529 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5530
5531 /**
5532 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5533 * For extensions only.
5534 */
5535 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5536
5537 /**
5538 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5539 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5540 */
5541 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5542
5543 /**
5544 * Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
5545 * Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
5546 */
5547 $wgDeleteRevisionsBatchSize = 1000;
5548
5549 /**
5550 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5551 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5552 * This is limited for performance reason.
5553 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5554 * @since 1.23
5555 */
5556 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5557
5558 /**
5559 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5560 *
5561 * @par Example:
5562 * @code
5563 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5564 * // no more than 100 per month
5565 * [
5566 * 'count' => 100,
5567 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5568 * ],
5569 * // no more than 10 per day
5570 * [
5571 * 'count' => 10,
5572 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5573 * ],
5574 * ];
5575 * @endcode
5576 *
5577 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5578 */
5579 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5580 'count' => 0,
5581 'seconds' => 86400,
5582 ] ];
5583
5584 /**
5585 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5586 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5587 *
5588 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5589 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5590 *
5591 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5592 *
5593 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5594 */
5595 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5596
5597 /**
5598 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5599 */
5600 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5601
5602 /**
5603 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5604 * proxies
5605 * @since 1.16
5606 */
5607 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5608
5609 /**
5610 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5611 *
5612 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5613 * the blacklist require a key).
5614 *
5615 * @par Example:
5616 * @code
5617 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5618 * // String containing URL
5619 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5620 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5621 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5622 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5623 * // just use a string as shown above
5624 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5625 * ];
5626 * @endcode
5627 *
5628 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5629 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5630 * @since 1.16
5631 */
5632 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5633
5634 /**
5635 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5636 * what the other methods might say.
5637 */
5638 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5639
5640 /**
5641 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5642 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5643 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5644 * @since 1.29
5645 * @var string[]
5646 */
5647 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5648
5649 /**
5650 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5651 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5652 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5653 */
5654 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5655
5656 /**
5657 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5658 *
5659 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5660 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5661 * elapses.
5662 *
5663 * @par Example:
5664 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5665 * @code
5666 * $wgRateLimits = [
5667 * 'edit' => [
5668 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5669 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5670 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5671 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5672 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5673 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5674 * ]
5675 * ];
5676 * @endcode
5677 *
5678 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5679 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5680 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5681 * @code
5682 * $wgRateLimits = [
5683 * 'some-action' => [
5684 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5685 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5686 * ];
5687 * @endcode
5688 *
5689 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5690 */
5691 $wgRateLimits = [
5692 // Page edits
5693 'edit' => [
5694 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5695 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5696 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5697 ],
5698 // Page moves
5699 'move' => [
5700 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5701 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5702 ],
5703 // File uploads
5704 'upload' => [
5705 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5706 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5707 ],
5708 // Page rollbacks
5709 'rollback' => [
5710 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5711 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5712 ],
5713 // Triggering password resets emails
5714 'mailpassword' => [
5715 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5716 ],
5717 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5718 'emailuser' => [
5719 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5720 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5721 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5722 ],
5723 'changeemail' => [
5724 'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ],
5725 'user' => [ 4, 86400 ]
5726 ],
5727 // since 1.33 - rate limit email confirmations
5728 'confirmemail' => [
5729 'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ],
5730 'user' => [ 4, 86400 ]
5731 ],
5732 // Purging pages
5733 'purge' => [
5734 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5735 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5736 ],
5737 // Purges of link tables
5738 'linkpurge' => [
5739 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5740 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5741 ],
5742 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5743 'renderfile' => [
5744 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5745 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5746 ],
5747 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5748 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5749 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5750 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5751 ],
5752 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5753 'stashedit' => [
5754 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5755 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5756 ],
5757 // Adding or removing change tags
5758 'changetag' => [
5759 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5760 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5761 ],
5762 // Changing the content model of a page
5763 'editcontentmodel' => [
5764 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5765 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5766 ],
5767 ];
5768
5769 /**
5770 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5771 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5772 */
5773 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5774
5775 /**
5776 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5777 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5778 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5779 */
5780 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5781
5782 /**
5783 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5784 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5785 */
5786 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5787
5788 /**
5789 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5790 *
5791 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5792 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5793 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5794 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5795 *
5796 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5797 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5798 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5799 */
5800 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5801 // Short term limit
5802 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5803 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5804 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5805 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5806 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5807 ];
5808
5809 /**
5810 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5811 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5812 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5813 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5814 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5815 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5816 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5817 * @since 1.27
5818 */
5819 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5820
5821 // @TODO: clean up grants
5822 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5823
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autocreateaccount'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5835
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5840
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5845
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5848
5849 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5854
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5857
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
5862
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
5868
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5871 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5873 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5875 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5877
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5879 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5880
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5882 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5883 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5884 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5885 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5886 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5887
5888 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5889
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5891
5892 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5893 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5894
5895 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5896 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5897 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5898
5899 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5900
5901 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5902 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5903 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5904 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5905 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5906 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5907 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5908
5909 $wgGrantPermissions['oversight']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5910
5911 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5912 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5913
5914 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5915
5916 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5917
5918 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5919
5920 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5921
5922 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5923
5924 /**
5925 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5926 * @since 1.27
5927 */
5928 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5929 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5930 'basic' => 'hidden',
5931
5932 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5933 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5934 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5935 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5936
5937 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5938 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5939
5940 'sendemail' => 'email',
5941
5942 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5943 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5944
5945 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5946 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5947
5948 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5949 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
5950 'rollback' => 'administration',
5951 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5952 'delete' => 'administration',
5953 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5954 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5955 'protect' => 'administration',
5956 'oversight' => 'administration',
5957 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5958
5959 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5960
5961 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5962 ];
5963
5964 /**
5965 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5966 * @since 1.27
5967 */
5968 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5969
5970 /**
5971 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5972 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5973 * @since 1.27
5974 */
5975 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5976
5977 /**
5978 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5979 *
5980 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5981 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5982 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5983 * @since 1.27
5984 */
5985 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5986
5987 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5988
5989 /************************************************************************//**
5990 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5991 * @{
5992 */
5993
5994 /**
5995 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5996 */
5997 $wgSecretKey = false;
5998
5999 /**
6000 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
6001 *
6002 * This can have the following formats:
6003 * - An array of addresses
6004 * - A string, in which case this is the path to a file
6005 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
6006 */
6007 $wgProxyList = [];
6008
6009 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
6010
6011 /************************************************************************//**
6012 * @name Cookie settings
6013 * @{
6014 */
6015
6016 /**
6017 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
6018 */
6019 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
6020
6021 /**
6022 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
6023 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
6024 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
6025 * login cookies session-only.
6026 */
6027 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6028
6029 /**
6030 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6031 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6032 */
6033 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6034
6035 /**
6036 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6037 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6038 */
6039 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6040
6041 /**
6042 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6043 * - true: Set secure flag
6044 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6045 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6046 */
6047 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6048
6049 /**
6050 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6051 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6052 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6053 * check.
6054 */
6055 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6056
6057 /**
6058 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6059 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6060 * name to be used as a prefix.
6061 */
6062 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6063
6064 /**
6065 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6066 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6067 * XSS attack.
6068 */
6069 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6070
6071 /**
6072 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6073 */
6074 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6075
6076 /**
6077 * Override to customise the session name
6078 */
6079 $wgSessionName = false;
6080
6081 /**
6082 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6083 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6084 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6085 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6086 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6087 */
6088 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6089
6090 /**
6091 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6092 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6093 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6094 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6095 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6096 */
6097 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6098
6099 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6100
6101 /************************************************************************//**
6102 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6103 * @{
6104 */
6105
6106 /**
6107 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6108 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6109 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6110 * Please see math/README for more information.
6111 */
6112 $wgUseTeX = false;
6113
6114 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6115
6116 /************************************************************************//**
6117 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6118 *
6119 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6120 *
6121 * @{
6122 */
6123
6124 /**
6125 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6126 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6127 * may contain private data.
6128 */
6129 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6130
6131 /**
6132 * Prefix for debug log lines
6133 */
6134 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6135
6136 /**
6137 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6138 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6139 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6140 */
6141 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6142
6143 /**
6144 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6145 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6146 * and gen=js requests.
6147 */
6148 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6149
6150 /**
6151 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6152 *
6153 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6154 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6155 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6156 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6157 */
6158 $wgDebugComments = false;
6159
6160 /**
6161 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6162 *
6163 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6164 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6165 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6166 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6167 */
6168 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6169
6170 /**
6171 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6172 *
6173 * @since 1.26
6174 */
6175 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6176 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6177 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6178 'GET' => [
6179 'masterConns' => 0,
6180 'writes' => 0,
6181 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6182 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6183 ],
6184 // HTTP POST requests.
6185 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6186 'POST' => [
6187 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6188 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6189 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6190 'maxAffected' => 1000
6191 ],
6192 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6193 'writes' => 0,
6194 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6195 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6196 ],
6197 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6198 'PostSend-GET' => [
6199 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6200 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6201 'readQueryRows' => 10000,
6202 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6203 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6204 'masterConns' => 0,
6205 'writes' => 0,
6206 ],
6207 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6208 'PostSend-POST' => [
6209 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6210 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6211 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6212 'maxAffected' => 1000
6213 ],
6214 // Background job runner
6215 'JobRunner' => [
6216 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6217 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6218 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6219 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6220 ],
6221 // Command-line scripts
6222 'Maintenance' => [
6223 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6224 'maxAffected' => 1000
6225 ]
6226 ];
6227
6228 /**
6229 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6230 *
6231 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6232 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6233 * in production.
6234 *
6235 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6236 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6237 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6238 * - associative array with keys:
6239 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6240 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6241 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6242 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6243 *
6244 * @par Example:
6245 * @code
6246 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6247 * @endcode
6248 *
6249 * @par Advanced example:
6250 * @code
6251 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6252 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6253 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6254 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6255 * ];
6256 * @endcode
6257 */
6258 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6259
6260 /**
6261 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6262 *
6263 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6264 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6265 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6266 * details.
6267 *
6268 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6269 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6270 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6271 *
6272 * @par To completely disable logging:
6273 * @code
6274 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6275 * @endcode
6276 *
6277 * @since 1.25
6278 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6279 * @see MwLogger
6280 */
6281 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6282 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6283 ];
6284
6285 /**
6286 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6287 *
6288 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6289 */
6290 $wgShowDebug = false;
6291
6292 /**
6293 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6294 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6295 */
6296 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6297
6298 /**
6299 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6300 */
6301 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6302
6303 /**
6304 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6305 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6306 * to an attacker.
6307 *
6308 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
6309 * $wgShowHostnames instead.
6310 */
6311 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6312
6313 /**
6314 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
6315 * complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
6316 * may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6317 * formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
6318 */
6319 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6320
6321 /**
6322 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6323 *
6324 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6325 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6326 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6327 * exception handler.
6328 *
6329 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
6330 */
6331 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6332
6333 /**
6334 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6335 */
6336 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6337
6338 /**
6339 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6340 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6341 */
6342 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6343
6344 /**
6345 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6346 */
6347 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6348
6349 /**
6350 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6351 * Should be a string, default false.
6352 * @since 1.20
6353 */
6354 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6355
6356 /**
6357 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6358 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6359 */
6360 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6361
6362 /**
6363 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6364 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6365 * after the limit.
6366 */
6367 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6368
6369 /**
6370 * Profiler configuration.
6371 *
6372 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6373 *
6374 * Example:
6375 *
6376 * @code
6377 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6378 * @endcode
6379 *
6380 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6381 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6382 *
6383 * @code
6384 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6385 * @endcode
6386 *
6387 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6388 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6389 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6390 *
6391 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6392 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6393 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6394 *
6395 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6396 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6397 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6398 *
6399 * @code
6400 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6401 * @endcode
6402 *
6403 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6404 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6405 *
6406 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6407 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6408 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6409 *
6410 * @code
6411 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6412 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ 'ProfilerOutputDb' ];
6413 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6414 * @endcode
6415 *
6416 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6417 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6418 *
6419 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6420 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6421 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6422 *
6423 * @since 1.17.0
6424 */
6425 $wgProfiler = [];
6426
6427 /**
6428 * Allow the profileinfo.php entrypoint to be used.
6429 *
6430 * @since 1.5.0
6431 */
6432 $wgEnableProfileInfo = false;
6433
6434 /**
6435 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6436 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6437 */
6438 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6439
6440 /**
6441 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6442 *
6443 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6444 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6445 */
6446 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6447
6448 /**
6449 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6450 *
6451 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6452 *
6453 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6454 *
6455 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6456 * @since 1.25
6457 */
6458 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6459
6460 /**
6461 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6462 *
6463 * @see MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getStatsdDataFactory
6464 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6465 * @since 1.25
6466 */
6467 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6468
6469 /**
6470 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6471 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6472 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6473 * @since 1.28
6474 */
6475 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6476 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6477 ];
6478
6479 /**
6480 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6481 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6482 * templates.
6483 */
6484 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6485
6486 /**
6487 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6488 * filename is passed to it.
6489 *
6490 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6491 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6492 *
6493 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6494 *
6495 * Use full paths.
6496 *
6497 * @deprecated since 1.30
6498 */
6499 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6500
6501 /**
6502 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6503 */
6504 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6505
6506 /**
6507 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6508 * @since 1.19
6509 */
6510 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6511
6512 /**
6513 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6514 * queries and other useful output.
6515 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseCdn is enabled.
6516 *
6517 * @since 1.19
6518 */
6519 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6520
6521 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6522
6523 /************************************************************************//**
6524 * @name Search
6525 * @{
6526 */
6527
6528 /**
6529 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6530 */
6531 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6532
6533 /**
6534 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6535 * by default off due to execution overhead
6536 */
6537 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6538
6539 /**
6540 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6541 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6542 */
6543 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6544
6545 /**
6546 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6547 *
6548 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6549 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6550 *
6551 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6552 *
6553 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6554 */
6555 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6556
6557 /**
6558 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6559 *
6560 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6561 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6562 *
6563 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6564 */
6565 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6566 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6567 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6568 ];
6569
6570 /**
6571 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6572 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6573 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6574 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6575 */
6576 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6577
6578 /**
6579 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6580 * OpenSearch call.
6581 */
6582 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6583
6584 /**
6585 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6586 */
6587 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6588
6589 /**
6590 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6591 */
6592 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6593
6594 /**
6595 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6596 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6597 */
6598 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6599
6600 /**
6601 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6602 *
6603 * @par Example:
6604 * @code
6605 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6606 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6607 * @endcode
6608 */
6609 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6610 NS_MAIN => true,
6611 ];
6612
6613 /**
6614 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6615 * implemented by an extension instead.
6616 */
6617 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6618
6619 /**
6620 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6621 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6622 * search term.
6623 *
6624 * @par Example:
6625 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6626 * @code
6627 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6628 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6629 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6630 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6631 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6632 * @endcode
6633 */
6634 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6635
6636 /**
6637 * Search form behavior.
6638 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6639 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6640 */
6641 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6642
6643 /**
6644 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6645 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6646 * generated for all namespaces.
6647 */
6648 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6649
6650 /**
6651 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6652 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6653 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6654 *
6655 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6656 * @par Example:
6657 * @code
6658 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6659 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6660 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6661 * ];
6662 * @endcode
6663 */
6664 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6665
6666 /**
6667 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6668 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6669 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6670 */
6671 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6672
6673 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6674
6675 /************************************************************************//**
6676 * @name Edit user interface
6677 * @{
6678 */
6679
6680 /**
6681 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6682 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6683 */
6684 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6685
6686 /**
6687 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6688 */
6689 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6690
6691 /**
6692 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6693 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6694 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6695 */
6696 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6697 NS_CATEGORY => true
6698 ];
6699
6700 /**
6701 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6702 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6703 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6704 */
6705 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6706
6707 /**
6708 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6709 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6710 * ting this variable false.
6711 */
6712 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6713
6714 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6715
6716 /************************************************************************//**
6717 * @name Maintenance
6718 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6719 * @{
6720 */
6721
6722 /**
6723 * @cond file_level_code
6724 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6725 */
6726 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6727 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6728 }
6729 /** @endcond */
6730
6731 /**
6732 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6733 */
6734 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6735
6736 /**
6737 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6738 * used as an explanation to users.
6739 *
6740 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6741 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6742 * option in MySQL.
6743 */
6744 $wgReadOnly = null;
6745
6746 /**
6747 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6748 * @var bool
6749 * @since 1.31
6750 */
6751 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6752
6753 /**
6754 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6755 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6756 * message.
6757 *
6758 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6759 */
6760 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6761
6762 /**
6763 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6764 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6765 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6766 *
6767 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6768 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6769 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6770 */
6771 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6772
6773 /**
6774 * Fully specified path to git binary
6775 */
6776 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6777
6778 /**
6779 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6780 *
6781 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6782 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6783 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6784 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6785 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6786 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6787 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6788 *
6789 * @since 1.20
6790 */
6791 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6792 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6793 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6794 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6795 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6796 ];
6797
6798 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6799
6800 /************************************************************************//**
6801 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6802 * @{
6803 */
6804
6805 /**
6806 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6807 * seconds will go.
6808 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6809 */
6810 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6811
6812 /**
6813 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6814 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6815 * @since 1.26
6816 */
6817 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6818
6819 /**
6820 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6821 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6822 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6823 * @since 1.26
6824 */
6825 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6826
6827 /**
6828 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6829 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6830 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6831 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6832 * is still there.
6833 */
6834 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6835
6836 /**
6837 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6838 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6839 */
6840 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6841
6842 /**
6843 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6844 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6845 */
6846 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6847
6848 /**
6849 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6850 *
6851 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6852 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6853 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6854 *
6855 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6856 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6857 * passed to the constructor.
6858 *
6859 * Common options:
6860 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6861 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6862 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6863 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6864 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6865 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6866 *
6867 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6868 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6869 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6870 * to determine which FormattedRCFeed class to use.
6871 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6872 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6873 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6874 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6875 *
6876 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6877 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6878 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6879 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6880 *
6881 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6882 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6883 *
6884 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6885 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6886 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6887 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6888 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6889 * ];
6890 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6891 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6892 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6893 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6894 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6895 * ];
6896 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6897 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6898 * ];
6899 * @since 1.22
6900 */
6901 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6902
6903 /**
6904 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6905 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6906 * @since 1.22
6907 */
6908 $wgRCEngines = [
6909 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6910 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6911 ];
6912
6913 /**
6914 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6915 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6916 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6917 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6918 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6919 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6920 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6921 *
6922 * @since 1.27
6923 */
6924 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6925
6926 /**
6927 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6928 * New pages and new files are included.
6929 *
6930 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6931 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6932 * Special:Log.
6933 */
6934 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6935
6936 /**
6937 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6938 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6939 * 0 to disable completely.
6940 */
6941 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6942
6943 /**
6944 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6945 *
6946 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6947 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6948 * Special:Log.
6949 */
6950 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6951
6952 /**
6953 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6954 *
6955 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6956 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6957 * Special:Log.
6958 *
6959 * @since 1.27
6960 */
6961 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6962
6963 /**
6964 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6965 */
6966 $wgFeed = true;
6967
6968 /**
6969 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6970 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6971 */
6972 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6973
6974 /**
6975 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6976 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6977 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6978 *
6979 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6980 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6981 */
6982 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6983
6984 /**
6985 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6986 * pages larger than this size.
6987 */
6988 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6989
6990 /**
6991 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6992 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6993 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6994 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6995 * as value.
6996 * @par Example:
6997 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6998 * @code
6999 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
7000 * @endcode
7001 */
7002 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
7003
7004 /**
7005 * Available feeds objects.
7006 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
7007 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
7008 */
7009 $wgFeedClasses = [
7010 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
7011 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
7012 ];
7013
7014 /**
7015 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
7016 * 'atom', neither, or both.
7017 */
7018 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
7019
7020 /**
7021 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
7022 */
7023 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
7024
7025 /**
7026 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
7027 */
7028 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7029
7030 /**
7031 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7032 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7033 * highlighted on the RC page.
7034 */
7035 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7036
7037 /**
7038 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7039 * view for watched pages with new changes
7040 */
7041 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7042
7043 /**
7044 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7045 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7046 */
7047 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7048
7049 /**
7050 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7051 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7052 */
7053 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7054
7055 /**
7056 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7057 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7058 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7059 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7060 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7061 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7062 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7063 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7064 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7065 *
7066 * @var array
7067 * @since 1.31
7068 */
7069 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7070 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7071 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7072 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7073 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7074 'mw-blank' => true,
7075 'mw-replace' => true,
7076 'mw-rollback' => true,
7077 'mw-undo' => true,
7078 ];
7079
7080 /**
7081 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7082 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7083 * watchers.
7084 *
7085 * @since 1.21
7086 */
7087 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7088
7089 /**
7090 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7091 * certain types of edits.
7092 *
7093 * To register a new one:
7094 * @code
7095 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7096 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7097 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7098 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7099 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7100 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7101 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7102 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7103 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7104 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7105 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7106 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7107 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7108 * ];
7109 * @endcode
7110 *
7111 * @since 1.22
7112 */
7113 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7114 'newpage' => [
7115 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7116 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7117 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7118 'grouping' => 'any',
7119 ],
7120 'minor' => [
7121 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7122 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7123 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7124 'class' => 'minoredit',
7125 'grouping' => 'all',
7126 ],
7127 'bot' => [
7128 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7129 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7130 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7131 'class' => 'botedit',
7132 'grouping' => 'all',
7133 ],
7134 'unpatrolled' => [
7135 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7136 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7137 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7138 'grouping' => 'any',
7139 ],
7140 ];
7141
7142 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7143
7144 /************************************************************************//**
7145 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7146 * @{
7147 */
7148
7149 /**
7150 * Override for copyright metadata.
7151 *
7152 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7153 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7154 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7155 */
7156 $wgRightsPage = null;
7157
7158 /**
7159 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7160 * wiki.
7161 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7162 */
7163 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7164
7165 /**
7166 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7167 * link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
7168 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7169 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7170 */
7171 $wgRightsText = null;
7172
7173 /**
7174 * Override for copyright metadata.
7175 */
7176 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7177
7178 /**
7179 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7180 */
7181 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7182
7183 /**
7184 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7185 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7186 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7187 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7188 * large wikis.
7189 */
7190 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7191
7192 /**
7193 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7194 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7195 */
7196 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7197
7198 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7199
7200 /************************************************************************//**
7201 * @name Import / Export
7202 * @{
7203 */
7204
7205 /**
7206 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7207 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7208 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7209 *
7210 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7211 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7212 * e.g.
7213 * @code
7214 * $wgImportSources = [
7215 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7216 * 'wikispecies',
7217 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7218 * ];
7219 * @endcode
7220 *
7221 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7222 * the ImportSources hook.
7223 *
7224 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7225 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7226 */
7227 $wgImportSources = [];
7228
7229 /**
7230 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7231 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7232 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7233 *
7234 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7235 */
7236 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7237
7238 /**
7239 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7240 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7241 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7242 */
7243 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7244
7245 /**
7246 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7247 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7248 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7249 */
7250 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7251
7252 /**
7253 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7254 */
7255 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7256
7257 /**
7258 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7259 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7260 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7261 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7262 * it's disabled by default for now.
7263 *
7264 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7265 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7266 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7267 */
7268 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7269
7270 /**
7271 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7272 */
7273 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7274
7275 /**
7276 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7277 */
7278 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7279
7280 /**
7281 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7282 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7283 *
7284 * @since 1.27
7285 */
7286 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7287
7288 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7289
7290 /*************************************************************************//**
7291 * @name Extensions
7292 * @{
7293 */
7294
7295 /**
7296 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7297 * initialised
7298 */
7299 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7300
7301 /**
7302 * Extension messages files.
7303 *
7304 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7305 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7306 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7307 * is the most common.
7308 *
7309 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7310 * in the core.
7311 *
7312 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7313 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7314 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7315 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7316 *
7317 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7318 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7319 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7320 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7321 *
7322 * @par Example:
7323 * @code
7324 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7325 * @endcode
7326 */
7327 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7328
7329 /**
7330 * Extension messages directories.
7331 *
7332 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7333 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7334 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7335 * message directories.
7336 *
7337 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7338 *
7339 * @par Simple example:
7340 * @code
7341 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7342 * @endcode
7343 *
7344 * @par Complex example:
7345 * @code
7346 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7347 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7348 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
7349 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7350 * ]
7351 * @endcode
7352 * @since 1.23
7353 */
7354 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7355
7356 /**
7357 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7358 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7359 * @since 1.22
7360 */
7361 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7362
7363 /**
7364 * Parser output hooks.
7365 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7366 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7367 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7368 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7369 *
7370 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7371 *
7372 * The callback has the form:
7373 * @code
7374 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7375 * @endcode
7376 */
7377 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7378
7379 /**
7380 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7381 */
7382 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7383
7384 /**
7385 * List of valid skin names
7386 *
7387 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7388 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7389 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7390 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7391 */
7392 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7393
7394 /**
7395 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7396 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7397 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7398 * SpecialPage.
7399 */
7400 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7401
7402 /**
7403 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7404 */
7405 $wgAutoloadClasses = $wgAutoloadClasses ?? [];
7406
7407 /**
7408 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7409 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7410 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7411 */
7412 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7413
7414 /**
7415 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7416 *
7417 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7418 *
7419 * @code
7420 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7421 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7422 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7423 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7424 * 'author' => [
7425 * 'Foo Barstein',
7426 * ],
7427 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7428 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7429 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7430 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7431 * ];
7432 * @endcode
7433 *
7434 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7435 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7436 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7437 * interpreted as wikitext.
7438 *
7439 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7440 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7441 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7442 *
7443 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7444 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7445 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7446 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7447 *
7448 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7449 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7450 * usually are.)
7451 *
7452 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7453 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7454 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7455 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7456 *
7457 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7458 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7459 *
7460 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7461 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7462 *
7463 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7464 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7465 */
7466 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7467
7468 /**
7469 * Global list of hooks.
7470 *
7471 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7472 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7473 * internally by Hook:run().
7474 *
7475 * The value can be one of:
7476 *
7477 * - A function name:
7478 * @code
7479 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7480 * @endcode
7481 * - A function with some data:
7482 * @code
7483 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7484 * @endcode
7485 * - A an object method:
7486 * @code
7487 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7488 * @endcode
7489 * - A closure:
7490 * @code
7491 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7492 * // Handler code goes here.
7493 * };
7494 * @endcode
7495 *
7496 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7497 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7498 *
7499 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7500 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7501 */
7502 $wgHooks = [];
7503
7504 /**
7505 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7506 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7507 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7508 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7509 * hook for that.
7510 *
7511 * @see MediaWikiServices
7512 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7513 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7514 */
7515 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7516 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7517 ];
7518
7519 /**
7520 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7521 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7522 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7523 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7524 * The callback takes (Title, array map of parameters) as arguments.
7525 */
7526 $wgJobClasses = [
7527 'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class,
7528 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7529 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7530 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7531 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7532 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7533 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7534 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7535 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7536 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7537 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7538 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7539 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7540 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7541 'categoryMembershipChange' => function ( Title $title, $params = [] ) {
7542 $pc = MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getParserCache();
7543 return new CategoryMembershipChangeJob( $pc, $title, $params );
7544 },
7545 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7546 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7547 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7548 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7549 'userOptionsUpdate' => UserOptionsUpdateJob::class,
7550 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7551 'null' => NullJob::class,
7552 ];
7553
7554 /**
7555 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7556 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7557 *
7558 * These can be:
7559 * - Very long-running jobs.
7560 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7561 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7562 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7563 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7564 */
7565 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7566
7567 /**
7568 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7569 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7570 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7571 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7572 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7573 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7574 * @var float[]
7575 */
7576 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7577
7578 /**
7579 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7580 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7581 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7582 *
7583 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7584 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7585 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7586 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7587 *
7588 * @var float|bool
7589 * @since 1.26
7590 */
7591 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7592
7593 /**
7594 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7595 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7596 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7597 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7598 */
7599 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7600 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7601 ];
7602
7603 /**
7604 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7605 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7606 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7607 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7608 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7609 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7610 * that limit is hit.
7611 *
7612 * @since 1.29
7613 */
7614 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7615
7616 /**
7617 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7618 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7619 */
7620 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7621 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7622 ];
7623
7624 /**
7625 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7626 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7627 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7628 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7629 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7630 */
7631 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7632 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7633 ];
7634
7635 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7636
7637 /*************************************************************************//**
7638 * @name Categories
7639 * @{
7640 */
7641
7642 /**
7643 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7644 */
7645 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7646
7647 /**
7648 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7649 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7650 */
7651 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7652
7653 /**
7654 * Paging limit for categories
7655 */
7656 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7657
7658 /**
7659 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7660 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7661 *
7662 * Available values are:
7663 *
7664 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7665 *
7666 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7667 *
7668 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7669 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7670 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7671 *
7672 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7673 * installed. See https://www.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7674 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7675 * server.
7676 *
7677 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7678 * the sort keys in the database.
7679 *
7680 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7681 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7682 */
7683 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7684
7685 /** @} */ # End categories }
7686
7687 /*************************************************************************//**
7688 * @name Logging
7689 * @{
7690 */
7691
7692 /**
7693 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7694 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7695 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7696 * log type.
7697 *
7698 * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
7699 * log types instead of checking the global variable.
7700 */
7701 $wgLogTypes = [
7702 '',
7703 'block',
7704 'protect',
7705 'rights',
7706 'delete',
7707 'upload',
7708 'move',
7709 'import',
7710 'patrol',
7711 'merge',
7712 'suppress',
7713 'tag',
7714 'managetags',
7715 'contentmodel',
7716 ];
7717
7718 /**
7719 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7720 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7721 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7722 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7723 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7724 */
7725 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7726 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7727 ];
7728
7729 /**
7730 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7731 *
7732 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7733 *
7734 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7735 *
7736 * @par Example:
7737 * @code
7738 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7739 * @endcode
7740 *
7741 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7742 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7743 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7744 *
7745 * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
7746 * used for the link text.
7747 */
7748 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7749 'patrol' => true,
7750 'tag' => true,
7751 ];
7752
7753 /**
7754 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7755 * will be listed in the user interface.
7756 *
7757 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7758 *
7759 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7760 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7761 */
7762 $wgLogNames = [
7763 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7764 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7765 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7766 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7767 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7768 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7769 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7770 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7771 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7772 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7773 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7774 ];
7775
7776 /**
7777 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7778 * top of each log type.
7779 *
7780 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7781 *
7782 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7783 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7784 */
7785 $wgLogHeaders = [
7786 '' => 'alllogstext',
7787 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7788 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7789 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7790 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7791 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7792 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7793 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7794 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7795 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7796 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7797 ];
7798
7799 /**
7800 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7801 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7802 *
7803 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7804 */
7805 $wgLogActions = [];
7806
7807 /**
7808 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7809 * not messages.
7810 * @see LogPage::actionText
7811 * @see LogFormatter
7812 */
7813 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7814 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7815 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7816 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7817 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7818 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7819 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7820 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7821 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7822 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7823 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7824 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7825 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7826 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7827 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7828 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7829 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7830 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7831 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7832 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7833 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7834 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7835 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7836 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7837 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7838 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7839 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7840 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7841 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7842 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7843 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7844 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7845 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7846 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7847 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7848 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7849 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7850 ];
7851
7852 /**
7853 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7854 *
7855 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7856 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7857 * Extensions may append to this array
7858 * @since 1.27
7859 */
7860 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7861 'block' => [
7862 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7863 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7864 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7865 ],
7866 'contentmodel' => [
7867 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7868 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7869 ],
7870 'delete' => [
7871 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7872 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7873 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7874 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7875 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7876 ],
7877 'import' => [
7878 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7879 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7880 ],
7881 'managetags' => [
7882 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7883 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7884 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7885 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7886 ],
7887 'move' => [
7888 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7889 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7890 ],
7891 'newusers' => [
7892 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7893 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7894 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7895 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7896 ],
7897 'protect' => [
7898 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7899 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7900 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7901 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7902 ],
7903 'rights' => [
7904 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7905 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7906 ],
7907 'suppress' => [
7908 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7909 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7910 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7911 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7912 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7913 ],
7914 'upload' => [
7915 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7916 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7917 'revert' => [ 'revert' ],
7918 ],
7919 ];
7920
7921 /**
7922 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7923 */
7924 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7925
7926 /**
7927 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7928 * @since 1.32
7929 */
7930 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7931
7932 /** @} */ # end logging }
7933
7934 /*************************************************************************//**
7935 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7936 * @{
7937 */
7938
7939 /**
7940 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7941 */
7942 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7943
7944 /**
7945 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7946 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7947 */
7948 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7949
7950 /**
7951 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7952 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7953 */
7954 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7955
7956 /**
7957 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7958 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7959 */
7960 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7961
7962 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7963
7964 /*************************************************************************//**
7965 * @name Actions
7966 * @{
7967 */
7968
7969 /**
7970 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7971 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7972 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7973 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7974 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7975 * instead of the default class.
7976 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7977 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7978 */
7979 $wgActions = [
7980 'credits' => true,
7981 'delete' => true,
7982 'edit' => true,
7983 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7984 'history' => true,
7985 'info' => true,
7986 'markpatrolled' => true,
7987 'mcrundo' => McrUndoAction::class,
7988 'mcrrestore' => McrRestoreAction::class,
7989 'protect' => true,
7990 'purge' => true,
7991 'raw' => true,
7992 'render' => true,
7993 'revert' => true,
7994 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7995 'rollback' => true,
7996 'submit' => true,
7997 'unprotect' => true,
7998 'unwatch' => true,
7999 'view' => true,
8000 'watch' => true,
8001 ];
8002
8003 /** @} */ # end actions }
8004
8005 /*************************************************************************//**
8006 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
8007 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
8008 * @{
8009 */
8010
8011 /**
8012 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
8013 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
8014 * basis.
8015 */
8016 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
8017
8018 /**
8019 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
8020 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
8021 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
8022 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
8023 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
8024 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
8025 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
8026 *
8027 * @par Example:
8028 * @code
8029 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8030 * @endcode
8031 */
8032 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8033
8034 /**
8035 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8036 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8037 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8038 *
8039 * @par Example:
8040 * @code
8041 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8042 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8043 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8044 * ];
8045 * @endcode
8046 *
8047 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8048 * forms:
8049 * @code
8050 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8051 * # Underscore, not space!
8052 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8053 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8054 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8055 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8056 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8057 * ];
8058 * @endcode
8059 */
8060 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8061
8062 /**
8063 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8064 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8065 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8066 *
8067 * @par Example:
8068 * @code
8069 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8070 * @endcode
8071 */
8072 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8073
8074 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8075
8076 /************************************************************************//**
8077 * @name AJAX, Action API and REST API
8078 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8079 * replaced by the Action API entry point, api.php. They are essentially
8080 * equivalent. Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8081 * @{
8082 */
8083
8084 /**
8085 *
8086 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8087 *
8088 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8089 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8090 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8091 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8092 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8093 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8094 * requiring POST.
8095 *
8096 * @since 1.21
8097 */
8098 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8099
8100 /**
8101 * API module extensions.
8102 *
8103 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8104 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8105 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8106 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8107 *
8108 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8109 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8110 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8111 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8112 * field.
8113 *
8114 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8115 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8116 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8117 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8118 *
8119 * Examples for registering API modules:
8120 *
8121 * @code
8122 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8123 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8124 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8125 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8126 * ];
8127 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8128 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8129 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8130 * ];
8131 * @endcode
8132 *
8133 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8134 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8135 */
8136 $wgAPIModules = [];
8137
8138 /**
8139 * API format module extensions.
8140 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8141 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8142 *
8143 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8144 */
8145 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8146
8147 /**
8148 * API Query meta module extensions.
8149 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8150 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8151 *
8152 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8153 */
8154 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8155
8156 /**
8157 * API Query prop module extensions.
8158 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8159 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8160 *
8161 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8162 */
8163 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8164
8165 /**
8166 * API Query list module extensions.
8167 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8168 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8169 *
8170 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8171 */
8172 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8173
8174 /**
8175 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8176 * The default value is generally fine
8177 */
8178 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8179
8180 /**
8181 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8182 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8183 */
8184 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8185
8186 /**
8187 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8188 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8189 */
8190 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8191
8192 /**
8193 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8194 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8195 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8196 */
8197 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8198
8199 /**
8200 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8201 * API request logging
8202 */
8203 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8204
8205 /**
8206 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8207 */
8208 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8209
8210 /**
8211 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8212 * API queries.
8213 */
8214 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8215 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8216 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8217 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8218 ];
8219
8220 /**
8221 * Enable AJAX framework
8222 *
8223 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8224 */
8225 $wgUseAjax = true;
8226
8227 /**
8228 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8229 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8230 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8231 */
8232 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8233
8234 /**
8235 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8236 */
8237 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8238
8239 /**
8240 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8241 */
8242 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8243
8244 /**
8245 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8246 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8247 */
8248 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8249
8250 /**
8251 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8252 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8253 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8254 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8255 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8256 *
8257 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8258 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8259 *
8260 * @par Example:
8261 * @code
8262 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8263 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8264 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8265 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8266 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8267 * ];
8268 * @endcode
8269 */
8270 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8271
8272 /**
8273 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8274 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8275 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8276 */
8277 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8278
8279 /**
8280 * Enable the experimental REST API.
8281 *
8282 * This will be removed once the REST API is stable and used by clients.
8283 */
8284 $wgEnableRestAPI = false;
8285
8286 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8287
8288 /************************************************************************//**
8289 * @name Shell and process control
8290 * @{
8291 */
8292
8293 /**
8294 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8295 */
8296 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8297
8298 /**
8299 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8300 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8301 */
8302 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8303
8304 /**
8305 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8306 */
8307 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8308
8309 /**
8310 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8311 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8312 */
8313 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8314
8315 /**
8316 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8317 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8318 *
8319 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8320 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8321 * them segfault or deadlock.
8322 *
8323 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8324 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8325 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8326 *
8327 * @par Example:
8328 * @code
8329 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8330 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8331 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8332 * @endcode
8333 *
8334 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8335 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8336 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8337 */
8338 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8339
8340 /**
8341 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8342 */
8343 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8344
8345 /**
8346 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8347 *
8348 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8349 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8350 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8351 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8352 *
8353 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8354 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8355 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8356 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8357 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8358 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8359 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8360 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8361 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8362 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8363 * decimal separator)
8364 *
8365 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8366 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8367 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8368 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8369 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8370 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8371 * displayed to the user.
8372 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8373 * date/time values.
8374 *
8375 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8376 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8377 * wikis.
8378 */
8379 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8380
8381 /**
8382 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8383 *
8384 * Supported options:
8385 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8386 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8387 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8388 *
8389 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8390 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8391 *
8392 * @since 1.31
8393 * @var string|bool
8394 */
8395 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8396
8397 /** @} */ # End shell }
8398
8399 /************************************************************************//**
8400 * @name HTTP client
8401 * @{
8402 */
8403
8404 /**
8405 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8406 * @var int
8407 */
8408 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8409
8410 /**
8411 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8412 * @since 1.29
8413 */
8414 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8415
8416 /**
8417 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8418 */
8419 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8420
8421 /**
8422 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8423 */
8424 $wgHTTPProxy = '';
8425
8426 /**
8427 * Local virtual hosts.
8428 *
8429 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8430 *
8431 * This affects the following:
8432 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8433 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8434 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8435 * the proxy if it is configured.
8436 *
8437 * @since 1.25
8438 */
8439 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8440
8441 /**
8442 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8443 * Only works for curl
8444 */
8445 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8446
8447 /**
8448 * Whether to respect/honour the request ID provided by the incoming request
8449 * via the `X-Request-Id` header. Set to `true` if the entity sitting in front
8450 * of Mediawiki sanitises external requests. Default: `false`.
8451 */
8452 $wgAllowExternalReqID = false;
8453
8454 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8455
8456 /************************************************************************//**
8457 * @name Job queue
8458 * @{
8459 */
8460
8461 /**
8462 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8463 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8464 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8465 * be run periodically.
8466 */
8467 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8468
8469 /**
8470 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8471 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8472 * execution finishes.
8473 *
8474 * @since 1.23
8475 */
8476 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8477
8478 /**
8479 * Number of rows to update per job
8480 */
8481 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8482
8483 /**
8484 * Number of rows to update per query
8485 */
8486 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8487
8488 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8489
8490 /************************************************************************//**
8491 * @name Miscellaneous
8492 * @{
8493 */
8494
8495 /**
8496 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8497 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8498 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8499 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8500 */
8501 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8502
8503 /**
8504 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8505 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8506 * Supported values:
8507 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8508 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8509 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8510 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8511 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8512 *
8513 * @since 1.30
8514 * @deprecated since 1.34
8515 */
8516 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8517
8518 /**
8519 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8520 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8521 *
8522 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8523 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8524 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8525 */
8526 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8527
8528 /**
8529 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8530 * For debugging
8531 */
8532 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8533
8534 /**
8535 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8536 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8537 */
8538 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8539
8540 /**
8541 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8542 */
8543 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8544
8545 /**
8546 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8547 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8548 */
8549 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8550
8551 /**
8552 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8553 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8554 */
8555 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8556
8557 /**
8558 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8559 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8560 *
8561 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8562 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8563 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8564 * parameters.
8565 *
8566 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8567 * @code
8568 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8569 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8570 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8571 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8572 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8573 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8574 * 'redisConfig' => []
8575 * ] ];
8576 * @endcode
8577 *
8578 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8579 * @code
8580 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8581 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8582 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8583 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8584 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8585 * ... any extension-specific options...
8586 * ] ];
8587 * @endcode
8588 */
8589 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8590
8591 /**
8592 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8593 */
8594 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8595
8596 /**
8597 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8598 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8599 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8600 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8601 *
8602 * @note To determine the default model for a new page's main slot, or any slot in general,
8603 * use SlotRoleHandler::getDefaultModel() together with SlotRoleRegistry::getRoleHandler().
8604 *
8605 * @since 1.21
8606 */
8607 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8608
8609 /**
8610 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8611 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8612 *
8613 * * 'ignore': return null
8614 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8615 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8616 *
8617 * @since 1.21
8618 */
8619 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8620
8621 /**
8622 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8623 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8624 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8625 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8626 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8627 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8628 *
8629 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8630 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8631 *
8632 * @since 1.21
8633 */
8634 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8635
8636 /**
8637 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8638 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8639 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8640 *
8641 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8642 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8643 *
8644 * @since 1.21
8645 */
8646 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8647 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8648 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8649 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8650 ];
8651
8652 /**
8653 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8654 *
8655 * @since 1.20
8656 */
8657 $wgSiteTypes = [
8658 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8659 ];
8660
8661 /**
8662 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8663 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8664 * @since 1.23
8665 */
8666 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8667
8668 /**
8669 * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
8670 * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
8671 * be a protocol-relative URL.
8672 *
8673 * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
8674 *
8675 * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
8676 *
8677 * @since 1.24
8678 */
8679 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8680
8681 /**
8682 * Secret for session storage.
8683 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8684 * be used.
8685 * @since 1.27
8686 */
8687 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8688
8689 /**
8690 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8691 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8692 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8693 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8694 * @since 1.27
8695 */
8696 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8697
8698 /**
8699 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8700 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8701 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8702 * be used.
8703 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8704 * @since 1.24
8705 */
8706 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8707
8708 /**
8709 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8710 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8711 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8712 * @since 1.24
8713 */
8714 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8715
8716 /**
8717 * Enable page language feature
8718 * Allows setting page language in database
8719 * @var bool
8720 * @since 1.24
8721 */
8722 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8723
8724 /**
8725 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8726 *
8727 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8728 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8729 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8730 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8731 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8732 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8733 *
8734 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8735 *
8736 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8737 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8738 * 'options' => [
8739 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8740 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8741 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8742 * ]
8743 * ];
8744 *
8745 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8746 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8747 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8748 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8749 *
8750 * Example config for Parsoid:
8751 *
8752 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8753 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8754 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8755 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8756 * ];
8757 *
8758 * @var array
8759 * @since 1.25
8760 */
8761 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8762 'paths' => [],
8763 'modules' => [],
8764 'global' => [
8765 # Timeout in seconds
8766 'timeout' => 360,
8767 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8768 'forwardCookies' => false,
8769 'HTTPProxy' => null
8770 ]
8771 ];
8772
8773 /**
8774 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8775 * these suggestions.
8776 *
8777 * @var bool
8778 * @since 1.26
8779 */
8780 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8781
8782 /**
8783 * Where popular password file is located.
8784 *
8785 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8786 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8787 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8788 *
8789 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8790 * @since 1.27
8791 * @deprecated since 1.33
8792 * @var string path to file
8793 */
8794 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/password/commonpasswords.cdb';
8795
8796 /*
8797 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8798 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8799 *
8800 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8801 * @since 1.27
8802 */
8803 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8804
8805 /*
8806 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8807 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8808 *
8809 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8810 * @since 1.30
8811 */
8812 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8813
8814 /**
8815 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8816 *
8817 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8818 * @since 1.32
8819 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8820 * If an array, can have parameters:
8821 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8822 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8823 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8824 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8825 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8826 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8827 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8828 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8829 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8830 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8831 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8832 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8833 */
8834 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8835
8836 /**
8837 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8838 *
8839 * @since 1.32
8840 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8841 */
8842 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8843
8844 /**
8845 * List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
8846 * Extensions should add their messages here. The list is used for access control:
8847 * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
8848 *
8849 * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first letter.
8850 *
8851 * @since 1.32
8852 * @var string[]
8853 */
8854 $wgRawHtmlMessages = [
8855 'copyright',
8856 'history_copyright',
8857 'googlesearch',
8858 'feedback-terms',
8859 'feedback-termsofuse',
8860 ];
8861
8862 /**
8863 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8864 *
8865 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8866 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8867 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8868 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8869 * can run on each CDN cache node and perform local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8870 *
8871 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8872 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8873 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8874 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8875 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8876 *
8877 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8878 *
8879 * @since 1.27
8880 */
8881 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8882 'default' => [
8883 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8884 ]
8885 ];
8886
8887 /**
8888 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8889 *
8890 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8891 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8892 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8893 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8894 *
8895 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8896 *
8897 * @var bool
8898 * @since 1.28
8899 */
8900 $wgPingback = false;
8901
8902 /**
8903 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8904 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8905 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8906 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8907 *
8908 * @since 1.28
8909 */
8910 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8911 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8912 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8913 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8914 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8915 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8916 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8917 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8918 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8919 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8920 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8921 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8922 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8923 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js?fusion=1.0' => true,
8924 'https://t.lkqd.net/t' => true,
8925 'chrome-extension' => true,
8926 ];
8927
8928 /**
8929 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8930 * at Special:Contributions.
8931 *
8932 * @var array
8933 * @since 1.30
8934 */
8935 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8936 'IPv4' => 16,
8937 'IPv6' => 32,
8938 ];
8939
8940 /**
8941 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8942 *
8943 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8944 *
8945 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8946 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8947 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8948 *
8949 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8950 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8951 */
8952 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8953 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8954 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8955 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8956
8957 /**
8958 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8959 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8960 *
8961 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8962 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8963 *
8964 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8965 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8966 *
8967 * @par Example:
8968 * @code
8969 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8970 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8971 * ];
8972 * @endcode
8973 */
8974 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8975
8976 /**
8977 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8978 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8979 *
8980 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8981 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8982 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8983 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8984 *
8985 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
8986 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
8987 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
8988 *
8989 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8990 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8991 *
8992 * @since 1.32
8993 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8994 */
8995 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW;
8996
8997 /**
8998 * The schema to use per default when generating XML dumps. This allows sites to control
8999 * explicitly when to make breaking changes to their export and dump format.
9000 */
9001 $wgXmlDumpSchemaVersion = XML_DUMP_SCHEMA_VERSION_10;
9002
9003 /**
9004 * Actor table schema migration stage.
9005 *
9006 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
9007 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
9008 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
9009 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
9010 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
9011 *
9012 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported
9013 * in 1.32, but was (with significant query performance issues) in 1.31.
9014 *
9015 * @since 1.31
9016 * @since 1.32 changed allowed flags
9017 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
9018 */
9019 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW;
9020
9021 /**
9022 * Flag to enable Partial Blocks. This allows an admin to prevent a user from editing specific pages
9023 * or namespaces.
9024 *
9025 * @since 1.33
9026 * @deprecated 1.33
9027 * @var bool
9028 */
9029 $wgEnablePartialBlocks = false;
9030
9031 /**
9032 * Origin Trials tokens.
9033 *
9034 * @since 1.33
9035 * @var array
9036 */
9037 $wgOriginTrials = [];
9038
9039 /**
9040 * Enable client-side Priority Hints.
9041 *
9042 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9043 *
9044 * @since 1.33
9045 * @var bool
9046 */
9047 $wgPriorityHints = false;
9048
9049 /**
9050 * Ratio of requests that should get Priority Hints when the feature is enabled.
9051 *
9052 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9053 *
9054 * @since 1.34
9055 * @var float
9056 */
9057 $wgPriorityHintsRatio = 1.0;
9058
9059 /**
9060 * Enable Element Timing.
9061 *
9062 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9063 *
9064 * @since 1.33
9065 * @var bool
9066 */
9067 $wgElementTiming = false;
9068
9069 /**
9070 * Expiry of the endpoint definition for the Reporting API.
9071 *
9072 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9073 *
9074 * @since 1.34
9075 * @var int
9076 */
9077 $wgReportToExpiry = 86400;
9078
9079 /**
9080 * List of endpoints for the Reporting API.
9081 *
9082 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9083 *
9084 * @since 1.34
9085 * @var array
9086 */
9087 $wgReportToEndpoints = [];
9088
9089 /**
9090 * List of Feature Policy Reporting types to enable.
9091 * Each entry is turned into a Feature-Policy-Report-Only header.
9092 *
9093 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9094 *
9095 * @since 1.34
9096 * @var array
9097 */
9098 $wgFeaturePolicyReportOnly = [];
9099
9100 /**
9101 * Options for Special:Search completion widget form created by SearchFormWidget class.
9102 * Settings that can be used:
9103 * - showDescriptions: true/false - whether to show opensearch description results
9104 * - performSearchOnClick: true/false - whether to perform search on click
9105 * See also TitleWidget.js UI widget.
9106 * @since 1.34
9107 * @var array
9108 */
9109 $wgSpecialSearchFormOptions = [];
9110
9111 /**
9112 * Toggles native image lazy loading, via the "loading" attribute.
9113 *
9114 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
9115 *
9116 * @since 1.34
9117 * @var array
9118 */
9119 $wgNativeImageLazyLoading = false;
9120
9121 /**
9122 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
9123 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
9124 * @}
9125 */